The URL can be used to link to this page

R2002-0152 09-23-02 RESOLUTION NO. R2002-152 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE OILER DRIVE WATER LINE PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the Oiler Drive Water Line Project, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Fuqua G. C., in the amount of $118,629,71. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the Oiler Drive Water Line Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 23 dayof September' , A.D., 2002. ATTEST: ETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY TOM REID MAYOR Exhibit "A" R2002-152 1 • • • • 1 . • • • • • • A• • • • • ti • r A C t1 Specifications and Bid Documents for Installation of a 12 Inch Waterline On Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway B2002 JUNE, 2002 SNOWDEN ENGINEERING, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - SURVEYORS 2518 Westminister, Pearland, Texas 77581 (281) 485-2028 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF' CONTENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS Installation of a 12 inch Water Main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway (B2002-024). CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00003 00100 00300 00500 _00610 __ 00612 00620 GENERAL 00700 Agreement _Performance Bond .. ... One -Year Maintenance Bond 1 . Payment Bond 2 TABLE OF CONTF,NTS No. of Pages Invitation to Bid 2 Instructions To Bidders 6 Bid Forms 11 6 General Conditions 17 SUPPLEMENTARY 00800 Special Conditions 14 00800-A Attachment No. 1 to General Conditions 6 00800-B Attachment No. 2 to General Conditions 7 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 1 DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 2 01200 Measurement and Payment 3 01290 Change Order Procedures 5 01301 Schedule of Values 3 TOC-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 01310 Coordination and Meetings 01311 Scheduling and Reporting 01350 Submittals 01420 Reference Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 01440 Inspection Services. 3 4 7 5 2 1 2 10 1 4 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01505 Mobilization 01551 Site Access and Storage 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 01562 Waste Material Disposal 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 01565 NPDES Documents 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 01570 Trench Safety System 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01750 Starting Systems 01760 Project: Record Documents 2 01770 Contract Closeout 4 4 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 02204 02268 02270 02318 Excavation for Backfill for Utilities 02330 Embankment 02341 Jacking, Tunneling, or Boring Pipe 02510 Water Mains 02514 Fire Hydrants Assembly 02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults 02534 PVC Pipe 02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves 02643 Water Pipeline Testing and Disinfection 02980 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing 4 4 10 4 4 3 3 2 2 3. 16 3 4 Earthwork Erosion Control Barrier Erosion Control - Vegetation 21 4 12 6 4 6 8 4 3 TOC-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 35 03600 Structural Grout 4 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15200 Valves, General 15201 Valve and Gate Actuators 15203 Gate Valves 15230 Miscellaneous Valves APPENDICES Appendix A TxDOT Permit Appendix B Geotechnical Report (NOT PART OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY) 6 3 3 2 TOC-3 CITY OF PEARLAND BID FORMS BID SCHEDULE - UNIT PRICE Schedule of prices for construction of Bid No. B2002-024, Installation of a 12 Inch Water Main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1 Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 BASE BID ITEMS Description 12" PVC (C-900) 16" PVC (SDR-18 Bore and Jack 18" Steel Casing 6" Gate Valve and Box 12" Gate Valve and Box 16" Gate Valve and Box 16" x 12" T.S. and V. 12" Connection to Existing Waterline Drive) (Townelake 12" x 6" Tee 10 12"x12"Tee 11 16" x 12" Tee 12 13 Fire Hydrant Trench Safety 14 15 Control Traffic 16 Flagmen 17 Mobilization SUM SHALL PRICE NOT Allowance BID EXCEED FOR MOBILIZATI (NOTE: $25,000.00 LUP Potholing 18 Prop. 2" Blow -Off (Sheet 8 of 13) 19 ✓IP ON Quantity Unit Unit Price Amount 2581 148 84 84 6 4 2 1 5 1 3 6 2729 1 1 1 1 2 LF LF LF LF EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA LF LS LS LS LS $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 $ $ EA $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ City of Pearland 07/02 ADDENDUM NO. 1 00300-5 DIVISION 00 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID SECTION 00003 INVITATION TO BID RECEIPT OF BIDS: Sealed Bids will be received at the office of the Purchasing Officer of the City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581, until 3:00 p.m. on August 29, 2002, for the Oiler Drive Water Main project. Any bids received after the specified time and date will not be considered. The Bids will be publicly opened and read at 3:05 p.m., August 29, 2002 at the above - mentioned office of the City. The Work will generally be described as an installation of a 12 inch water main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway (B2002-024). The work must be completed within 60 calendar days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents and Technical Specifications are on file for review at the following locations: City of Pearland, Purchasing Department, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, TX 77581, 281-652- 1668. AGC of Texas Plan Room, 2400 Augusta, Suite 180, Houston, TX 77057, 713-334-7100. Dodge Reports Plan Room, 3131 Eastside, Suite 300, Houston, TX 77098, 713-529-4895. The Contract Documents may be obtained at the office of Snowden Engineering, Inc., 2518 Westminister, Pearland, Texas 77581, 281-485-2028, upon payment of $100 (non-refundable) for each set of Contract Documents. BID SECURITY: Each Bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or Bid Bond in the amount of 5% of the Total Bid Price payable to the City of Pearland as a guarantee that the Bidder, if its bid is accepted, will promptly execute the Agreement. A bid shall not be considered unless one of the forms of Bidder's security is enclosed with it The successful bidder must furnish a Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bond as required by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Civil Statutes, as amended), upon an acceptable forms in the amount of 100% of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named on the current list of "Treasury Department Circular No. 570," payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN. The Bidder shall guarantee the Total Bid Price for a period of 60 calendar days from the date of bid opening. BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS: Bidders will be required to demonstrate qualifications and experience with completed projects of the same difficulty and magnitude as this project. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION: All communications relative to this Work shall be directed to Snowden Engineering, Inc. City of Pearland 08/02/02 00003-1 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID OWNER'S RIGHTS RESERVED• The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality in a bid, and to award the Contract as may best serve the interest of the Owner. Gordon Island, Purchasing Officer END OF INVITATION TO BID City of Pearland 08/02/02 00003-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DEFINED TERMS: Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders and the Invitation To Bid, which are defined in the General Conditions, have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term `Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a price or quote to a Bidder. LOCAL BUSINESS LICENSE* All Contractors, including subcontractor's not already having a local business license for the work contemplated, will be required to secure the appropriate license before a contract can be executed. 3. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 3.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the Engineer or Owner as having received the Contract Documents. Questions received less than 14 days. prior to the date of bids may not -be answered. Only answers to such questions issued by formal, written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 3.2 Addenda may also be issued to make other additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents. 3.3 Bidders shall make no special interpretation or inference of intent from differing formats in the Technical Specifications. 4. BIDDER'S EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a bid: A. To examine thoroughly the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical" data referred to below); B. to visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; C. To consider federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; City of Pearland 00100-1 03/02 r isiddelimmammir L11 l t'r rCAtCLA1VLl INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS D. To study and carefully correlate the Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents; and E To notify the Engineer of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related data. 4 2 Reference is made to the Supplementary General. Conditions for identification of: A. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Utilities) which are at or are contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer m the preparation of the Contract Documents. C. Those environmental reports or drawings relating to Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCBs, Petroleum, and/or Radioactive Materials identified at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents. D. The Engineer makes no representation as to the completeness of the reports or drawings referred to in Paragraphs 4.2A, 4.2B, and 4 2C above or the accuracy of any data or information contained therein. The Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings; however, the Bidder may not rely upon any interpretation of such technical data, including any interpretation or extrapolation thereof, or any non -technical data, interpretations, and opinions contained therein. 4,3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Utilities at, or contiguous to, the site are based upon information and data furnished to the Owner and the Engineer by the owners of such underground utilities or others, and the Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary General Conditions or Section 01530 - Protection and Restoration of Existing Facilities. 4.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Utilities, and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4 of the General Conditions. 4.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies, and shall obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface, and underground utilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may City of Pearland 03/02 00100-2 LeAll UT F.E. L1Jf1 v1J INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work and which the Bidder deems necessary to determine it's Bid for performing the Work in accordance with the time, price, and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents 4.6 On request a minimum of 2 days in advance, the Owner will provide each Bidder access to sites owned by the City of Pearland to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a bid. Bidders shall be responsible for obtaining access to areas not owned by Owner Location of any excavation or boring shall be subject to prior approval of the Owner or the owner of the property and applicable agencies. Bidder shall fill all holes, restore all pavement to match existing structural section, and shall clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. Owner reserves the right to require Bidder to execute an Access Agreement with the Owner prior to accessing the site. 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.8 The submission of a bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirements of this paragraph 4 and the following: A. That the Bid is premised upon performing the Work required by the Contract Documents without exception and such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (if any) as may be required by the Contract Documents. B. The Bidder has given the Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by the Engineer is acceptable to the Bidder; and C. That the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terns and conditions for performance of the Work. 1311) FORMS: The Bid shall be submitted on the Bid Forms bound. All blanks on the Bid Forms shall be completed in ink. All names must be printed below the signatures. The Bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which shall be plainly marked in the upper left hand comer with the name and address of the Bidder and shall bear the words "BID FOR" followed by the title of the Contract Documents for the Work, the name of the Owner, the address where bids are to be delivered or mailed, and het date and hour of opening of bids. 00100-3 City of Pearland 03/02 U11 Y Ut'' F ARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 6. CERTTFICATES 6.1 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice president, or other corporate officer. Such bid shall be accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, attested by the secretary or assistant secretary, and with the corporate seal affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation must appear below the signature. 6.2 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the joint venture name and must be signed by a joint venture managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must appear below the signature. 6.3 Bids by joint ventures must be executed in the joint venture name and must be signed by a joint venture managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. 7 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS* More than one bid from an individual, firm partnership, corporation, or association under the same or different names will not be considered. If the Owner believes thatany bidder is interested in more than one bid for the work contemplated, all bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. If the Owner believes that collusion exists among the Bidders, all bids will be rejected. A. party who has quoted prices to a bidder is not hereby disqualified from quoting prices to other bidders, or from submitting a bid directly for the Work. 8. QUANTITI HS OF WORK: The quantities of work or material stated in unit price terms of the Bid are supplied only to give an indication of the general scope of the Work; the Owner does not expressly or by implication agree that he actual amount of work or material will correspond therewith, and reserves the right, after award, to increase or decrease the quantity of any unit price item of the Work by an amount up to and including 25 percent of any Bid item, without a change in the unit price and shall include the right to delete any Bid item in its entirety, or to add additional Bid items up to and including an aggregate total amount not to exceed 25 percent of the Bid price. 9. COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: In selecting the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder, consideration will be given not only to the financial standing but also the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the Work covered by the Bid To this end, each Bid shall be supported by a statement of the Bidder's experience as of recent date on the form entitled INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER" bound herein. 10. SUBMISSION OF BIDS. The bid shall be delivered by the time and to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to see that its bid is received in proper time and at the proper place. City of Pearland 03/02 00100-4 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11. BID SECURITY, BONDS, AND INSURANCE Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or approved bid bond in the amount stated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Said check or bond shall be made payable to the Owner and shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded the Work, will enter into an Agreement with the Owner, and will furnish the necessary insurance certificates, payment bond, and performance bond; each of said bonds to be in the amount stated in the Supplementary General Conditions. In case of refusal or failure to enter into said Agreement, the check of bid bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to the Owner. If the Bidder elects to furnish a bid bond as its bid security, the Bidder shall use the bid bond form bound herein, or one conforming substantially to it in form. Bid bonds shall comply with the requirements applicable to payment and performance bonds in the General Conditions. 12. DISCREPANCIES IN BIDS: In the event there is more than one bid item in a bid schedule, the bidder shall furnish a price for all bid items in the schedule and failure to do so will render the bid non -responsive and shall cause its rejection In the event there are unit price Bid items in a bidding schedule and the amount indicated for a unit price bid item does not equal the product of the unit price and quantity; the unit price shall govern and the amount will be corrected accordingly, and the bidder shall be bound by said correction. In the event there is more than one bid item in a bid schedule and the total indicated for the schedule does not agree with the sum of the prices bid on the individual items, the prices bid on the individual items shall govern and the total for the schedule will be corrected accordingly and the bidder shall be bound by said correction. 13. MODIFICATIONS AN UNAUTHORIZED ALTERNATIVE BIDS • Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisos attached to the Bid shall render it informal and may cause its rejection as being non -responsive. The bid forms shall be completed without interlineations, alterations, or erasures in the printed text. Alternative bids will not be considered unless called for. Oral, telegraphic, or telephonic bids or modifications will not be considered. 14. WITHDRAWAL OF BID• The bid may be withdrawn by the Bidder by means of a written request, signed by the bidder or its properly authorized representative. Such written request must be delivered to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids for receipt of bids prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. 15. AWARD OF CONTRACT: Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder whose bid complies with the requirements of the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, any such award will be made within the period stated in the Notice Inviting Bids that the bids are to remain open. Unless otherwise indicated, a single award will be made for all the bid items in an individual bid schedule. In the event the work is contained in more than one bid schedule, the Owner may award schedules individually or in combination. In the case of two bid schedules which are alternative to each other, only one of such alternative schedules will be awarded. 16. RETURN OF BID SECURITY: Within 14 days after award of the contract, the Owner will, if requested, return the bid securities accompanying such bids that are not being considered in City of Pearland 00100-5 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS making the award All other bid securities will be held until the agreement has been finally executed. They will then be returned, if requested to the respective bidders whose bids they accompany. 17. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT: The bidder to whom award is made shall execute a written agreement with the Owner on the form of agreement provided, shall secure all insurance, and shall furnish all certificates and bonds required by the Contract Documents within 14 calendar days after receipt of the agreement forms from the owner. Failure or refusal to enter into an Agreement as herein provided or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith shall be just cause for annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security. If the lowest responsive, responsible bidder refuses or fails to execute the Agreement, the Owner may award the contract to the second lowest responsive, responsible bidder. If the second lowest responsive, responsible bidder refuses or fails to execute the Agreement, the Owner may award the contract to the third lowest responsive, responsible bidder. On the failure or refusal of such second or third lowest bidder to execute the Agreement, each such Bidder's bid securities shall be likewise forfeited to the Owner. 18. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES • Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS City of Pearland 00100-6 03/02 CITY OF PDAR,LAND SECTION 00300 BID FORMS BID FORMS BID TO: CITY OF PEARLAND l The undergnAgreement with thesi ed Bidder proposes and agrees, if this bid is accepted, the Worto nterk as into an specfed or indicated in said Owner in the form included in the Contract Documents top Contract Documents entitled Bid No. B2002-024, Installation of a 12 inch Water Main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway• without limitation those A 2 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditionsofthe Contract Documents, including in the Notice Inviting Bids and InstructionsoBidders, dealing with the disposition of the bid security. " unless e open for the period stated in the "Notice Inviting i required in the "Notice Invitingby 3 This bid will remain P Agreement within the time and in the manner law Bid Bidder will enter cti o s toB ctions Bidders 'and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Bids' and the Instructions the Contract Documents. Performance Bond required by 4 Bidder has examinedcopies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all wledged): of which is hereby ' Date: Number: Failure to acknowledge add enda shall render the bid non -responsive and may be cause for it's rejection. 5 Bidder hasthe Wofamiliarizedse its itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Dd local Documents, Work, ordtnan site, locality rules, performed, the legal requirements (federal, state where Work is to be p cost, progress, or performance of the Work and has made such and regulations), and the conditions affecting independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. said Bidder further agrees to complete the the foregoing, and including all Bid Forms contained in this Bid, all Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said named in thte Documents, cumen sand aforementioned To Work required under the Contract ' full ayrnent therefor the Contract Price based on the Total Bid price to accept in P Bid Forms. Bidder: '� By: Title: Address: Phone: (Signature) Vi c6 -Prey der4 ��a Po BOX 10 (4 v ld OttT2 en 40q' 14061 OeRZ J N� 00300-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STATE OF COUNTY OF BID CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the "�aCA�S , held on a corporation existing under the laws of the State 20 the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: BID FORMS cies "RESOLVED, that Pl•V i G OG - as President of this Corporation, be and is � z � Zp DZ- to the City of Pearland by this hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated � Corporation and that his(her ethe Secretary of this Corporation, and withthe eEhteofficial act�and deed of this Corporation." Corporate Seal affixed shall b I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the Corporation this 20 taZ. `[ f�-{+ day o � --Let.alkil• Gen ea 14- (SEAL) Secretary • City of Pearland 00300-2 6719/2002 13:26 261485547E ITY OF PEARIAND SNOWDEN ENGINEERING; Bm ' scattouLE urn PRICE for construction uction of Bi No. B2002-0 4 Contract Installation o ments.Pb ohcdule apices in accordance with lglnway 35 tq Pcarla�xd Pax,�ay �__---- _��xn Mobilization MlowanCe (NOTE: LUMP SUM PRICE BID OR MED OBILIZATION 00TION SHALL NOT • • C; y of Peartand 07402 . • I ADDEND Inn FORMS ater Main co Oiler Drive from • 00300-5 CITY OF PEARLAN.D Description Sheet 8 of 1? s BID ITEMS ( 1 through $ 1 S TOTAL AMOUNT o� BASE lk2-22-CL' RID FORMS Amount 11 00300-6 City of Pearland 04/02 CITY OF PEARLAND LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS BID FORMS ho will rm The Bidder shall list below the Warne and location of the or abouplace oft the construction of the work orusiness of each Subcontractor Vmprovemento, or work or labor or render service to the prime contract the a Subcontractor who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, esplanslly andaspecificatricates i�ons,sinlan amount in excess exc ss of rk or improvement according to detailed drawings containedP one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total oid,l rin case of bids or offers aontraoctor's total bid or ten thousand the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-halfpercent of the prime dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater. The Bidder shall also list below the portion of the work which will be performed by each Subdontractor under its contract; The d ��e Contractor �aeTtorashall list tt attention �s directednly one tothe proor vis�ons of r each portion as is defined by the Prime Contractor in its Paragraph entitled "Subcontract Limitations,' of theforoe Failure to coplmentary emply wral th this stipulates the percent rider the of the Work to be performed with the Bidders own es Bid non -responsive and may cause it s rejection. Work to Be Performed Subcontractor's License Number Percent of Total Bid • Subcontractor's Name and Address 111111111111111111 1111. • Note: Attach additional sheets if required. Citv of Pearland 00300-7 CITY OF PEARLAND BID FORMS INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. Failure to complete Item Nos. 1, 3, and 6 will cause the Bid to be non -responsive and may cause its rejection. In any event, no award will be made until all of the Bidder's General Information is delivered to the Owner. (1) CONTRACTOR'S name and address: 'NC, gdK a( 7 UicdorL1 '(eicA5 7i(40 70 (2) CONTRACTOR'S telephone number: ��_ ¢ � CONTRACTOR'S fax number: - (3) CONTRACTOR'S license: Primary Classification: State License No. and Expiration Date: Specialty Classifications held if any: Name of Licensee, if different from (1) above: • H L(13 G? 5� can.- 41 175;,35 EFCa3X (4) Name, address, and telephone number of surety company and agent who will provide the required bonds on this contract: Do �� v� (�,c EAU IN5L u�c-e. SOD kJ. Patgr, Lac toad bake. esh&elts ATTACH TO THIS BID a financial statement references, and other information, sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of Contractors current financial condition. ATTACH TO THIS BID a list of construction contracts completed byall the incCoe ractor during ur n following inform Last ast tion5 years as (6) involving work of similar type and comparable value. The list a minimum: • Name, addresses, and telephone number of owner. • Name of project. • Location of project. • Brief description of the work involved. Contract amount. • Date of completion of contract. • Name, address, and telephone number of architect or engineer. (5) • 4oq-1 t-o Q2 4'2S -5485 City of Pearland 00300-8 CITY OF PEARLAND • Name of owner's project engineer. ATTACH TO THIS BID a letter from the pipe supplier(s) stating the expected delivery date for ductile iron, (7) pipe, bar wrapped steel cylinder and/or steel pipe To be considered for award, the Contractor shall have completed at least three projects of similar type and complexity and comparable value. The Work must be completed within 60 successive calendar days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. .41 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The Work is generally described as follows: Bid No. B2002-024, Installation of a 12 inch water main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway. BID FORMS 00300-9 City of Pearland CITY OF PEARLAND STATE OF: COUNTY OF: BID FORMS NON-COLLUSIO AND SUgA1V�II.TTED WITHBBT TO BE D EXECUTED BY BIDDER A § �c p s § Den Nc3imc-• i d g ___ , being first duly sworn, deposes anisnot made in the interest ofd says that he or she is V ', or on behalf Pec ICI— the party making the foregoing bid that the b of, any undisclosed person, partnership company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine arid not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference of that of anyone other bidder, or to fix any overhead profit, or cost element oe rue,band further, that the bidder has not directly or in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid indirectly submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or he Conte partnership, or company of association, n or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee any organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 24 day of Notary Public in and for thee County of n� E State of (SEAL) Signed: 20 tja STACIE L. POWELL Notary Public, State n 'exas My Commission Expires November 10, 2003 City ofPearland 00300-10 CITY OF PEARLAND BID FORMS STATE OF: § COUNTY OF: § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That BID BOND as Principal and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PEARLAND, hereinafter called "Owner," in the for sum of dollars and cents ($ the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns firmly by these presents rk required under e WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a Bid to entitled for ar Bid No. 2002-024wner to perform hInstallatione of a 12 inch water bidding schedule(s) of the Owner's Contract Documents on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway NOW THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded a contract by said Owner and, within the time and in the manner required in the "Invitation to Bid" and the "Instructions o Bidders" enters into a uired Performance Bond tten Agreement Payment Bond, nd agreement bound with said Contract Documents furnishesq performs in all other respects the agreement created by this bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety shall in no way be impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such bid and Surety further waives notice of any extension. In the even bt ls brought uon thissaid Ownerpn such suitonaincluding reasonable by said Owner and 0attorneyes feeswner t said Principal and Surety shall pay all costs incurred y and costs to be fixed by the Court. SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of 20 (SEAL) (SEAL) (Principal) (Surety) By: By: (Signature) (Signature) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY City of Pearland 04/02 END OF BID FORMS 00300-11 CITY OF PEARLAND AGREEMENT SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 01 3 day of `-k in the year 20 0 2- by and between the City of Pearland (hereinafter called Owner) and Fiiit6 .. C r cmin --chrts, Otis (hereinafter called Contractor). Owner and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 WORK Contractor shall complete the Work as specified in or indicated in the Owner's Contract Documents entitled Bid No. B2002-024 , Installation of a 12 Inch Water Main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway. The Work must be completed within 60 calendar days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The Work is generally described as follows: 1) Installation of a 12 Inch Water Main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway. ARTICLE 2 CONTRACT TIMES The Work shall be completed within 60 calendar days (including, but not limited to, all Saturdays, Sundays, Federal, State, and Municipal holidays) from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed ARTICLE 3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Owner and the Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the Owner and the Contractor agree that as hquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) the Contractor shall pay the Owner $500.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Article 2 herein. Further as liquidated damages for the Contractor's delay in submitting it's Record Drawings, it's Schedule of Values, and/or its Critical Path Method, the Contractor shall pay the Owner $100 for each day that expires after the time specified in Section 01300, Contractor Submittals and Section 01301, Scheduling and Reporting, of the General Requirements but in no case more than $2,000 for each City of Pearland 00500-1 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND AGREEMENT submittal. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds the amount set forth in the Bid Schedule(s). ARTICLE 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 6 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor concerning the work consist of this Agreement (all pages) and the following attachments to this Agreement (all pages). • • • • • • • Invitation to Bid Instructions to Bidders Bid Forms including the Bid, Bid Schedule(s), Infoiniation Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits. Agreement Performance Bond Maintenance Bond Payment Bond General Conditions Supplementary General Conditions Technical Specifications Drawings Addenda numbers to , inclusive. Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Paragraph 3.5 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 7. ASSIGNMENT No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by City of Pearland 00500-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND AGREEMENT law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. OWNER By: Attest: Address • 4d iv nl�i otice -.9►� 1 `\) gpt1\Up, \ fix f 1 .\:--39 Approv d s to Form: _/M— I (Signature) (Title) Attest: E SEAL) taL Ort,Ide Address for giving notices PoSo,c 2I711 UldOe Tice%i776,10 License No. Telephone. 4o 1- —0(09 Agent for Service of Process: )w f� Ayirs (Title) est d enF City of Pearland 03/02 00500-3 CITY OF PEARLAND AGREEMENT STATE OF: COUNTY OF: AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) §zs § DreAn f5 � I HEREBY CERTIFY that meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of fik-� held on �7✓r� u %nit 10 , 20 02, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that f v i ct eti S , as , President of the Corporation, shall be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated Step . '2 3 , 2ocre, by and between this Corporation and the City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this 23 , day of °Job or , 20 0.2- \Star:w Secretary (SEAL) City of Pearland 00500-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND AGREEMENT STATE OF: COUNTY OF: § § § AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) I HEREBY CERTIFY that meeting of the Partners , a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as , of the Partnership shall be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 20, by and between this Partnership and the City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by , shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership.' I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this , day of , 20 . Partner (SEAL) City of Pearland 00500-5 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND AGREEMENT STATE OF: COUNTY OF: § § § AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) I HEREBY CERTIFY that meeting of the Principals of the , a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as , of the Joint Venture shall be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 20, by and between this Joint Venture and the City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this , day of , 20 . Secretary (SEAL) City of Pearland 00500-6 03/02 C 2'Y OF FEARLANU PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF § Texas COUNTY OF: § Brazoria SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Fuqua General Contractors, Inc. Contractor and United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company as as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PEARLAND, hereinafter called "Owner," in the sum • ne hun• red i h ee of ��. •.. �,r�c rP dollars and seventy-one cents ($ 118,629 .71 ) for the payment f winch sum, weir and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified on indicated in the Contract Documents entitled Bid No. B2002-024, Installation of a 12 inch water main on Oiler Drive Hiehwav 35 to Pearland Parkway. from 4 NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall perform all the requirements of said Contract Documents required to be performed on its part at the times and in the manner specified therein, then his obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, that any alterations in the work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said Contractor or said Surety hereunder, nor shall extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands this /6 eh day of p ' , 20 CZ--. Fuqua General Contractors. Inc. (Contractor By: r Y / AA,/ United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company By: (Sure ) (Signature an 4l Seal) ignature and Seal) Bettye Fuqua, President George A. McElveen, Jr. (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY END OF BID FORMS City of Pearland 03/02 Attorney -In -Fact 00610-1 11 Power of Attorney No. POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 23102 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 218 939 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRE SENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under p } , that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and the laws of the State of Minnesota, and and GuarantyInsurance and GuarantyInsurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity that Fidelity Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized anized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do g hereby make, constitute and appoint George A. McElveen, Jr., Ray A. Todd, Jr., Binnie B. Stevison and Carla F. David of the City of Lake Charles , State Louisiana , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, • more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, each in their separate capacity if contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executingor guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 20th March 2002 . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this day of Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company State of Maryland City of Baltimore 20th day of � , March 2002 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and On this St Paul Fire and Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, t. Fidelity and Thomas E. g � United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, y Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Guaranty Insurance Company, and FidelityGuaranty and Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies, and that they, as such,being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. JOHN F. PHINNEY, Vice President In•Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002. THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE, Assistant Secretary Suket,h 5;meteAdA, REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Director Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance CompanyUnited s of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, effect, reading as follows: and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, co to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorne s-in-Factgpursuant to and other Attorney issueds irelatinn accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company mayY() to a Power of Attorney in Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant VP e President, and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the silent, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers maybe engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relatingthereto appointing _ only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory Attolney(s)-inFact for purposes g g yin the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Com an pit Company, and any such power so which it is validly attached; and p y h respect to any bond or undertaking to RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the to Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to anyl and terms and limitations of the Power of writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact binding a 1 bonds and undertakings, and other Y()-In-Fact shall be as Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. upon the Company as if signed by an I, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Co Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorne execumpany, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance and effect and has not been revoked. Yexecuted by said Companies, which is in full force IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this day of J j€ORPOR4» U'' r. :R7' )•• SEAG'Of fy 1 ...... 'No `S„ ,re tORPORq• e t ..•.. I n 7 2.4 SEA.L :db Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 and ask for the Power of Attorneyclerk. Please the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. refer to the Power of Attorney �trrntber, • ....... +,kn,.,,.e. CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND SECTION 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF: § Texas COUNTY OF: § Brazoria KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That We Fuqua General Contractors, Inc. as Principle hereinafter called "Contractor" and the other subscriber hereto United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company as Surety, are held and firmly bond to t e C TY EARLAND a munici al corporation hereinafter called "Owner," in the sum ofthr ous'annseix� �iu�► rec� qv Pp dollars and seventy-one cents ($ 118,629 . 71 ) for the payment or wmc sum, wens auu truly to be made to the City of Pearland and its successors the said Contractor and Surety do bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns jointly and severally. • THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified on indicated in the Contract Documents entitled Bid No. B2002-024, Installation of a 12 inch water main on Oiler Dnve from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Subparagraph 12 2.2 of the General Conditions and correct Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the established_one year.period� -then thisf rl at• en-shall-beeeme null -and -void -and shall be of n and effect; otherwise, the same is to remain in full force and effect. Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when actually received, or if earlier, on the third day following deposit in a United States Postal Service post office or receptacle, with proper postage affixed (certified mail return receipt requested) addressed to the respective other party at the address prescribed in the Contract Documents, or at such other address as the receiving party may hereafter prescribe by written notice to the sending party. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands this /0 �4 day of 601-11, 20 O--. Fuqua General Contractors, Inc. (Contractor) t (Surety) United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company By: / ti By: ( ignre and eal) (i' . ture and Seal) Bettye Fuqua, President George A. McElveen, Jr. Attorneyn-Fact (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 00612-1 F11iuq 1 Power of Attorney No. POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 23102 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 121 8 937 KNOW ALL ME N BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and the laws of the Stateand GuarantyInsurance that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity • Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do Underwriters, rter s, p hereby make, constitute and appoint George A. McElveen, Jr., Ray A. Todd, Jr., Binnie B. Stevison and Carla F. David Lake Charles Louisiana ,their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact, of the City of , State each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, p y contracts and oth er written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 20th March 2002 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this day of Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company State of Maryland City of Baltimore 20th March 2002 On this day of , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney andThomas E. Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity Company, and Fidelityand Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of Guaranty Insurancep y, said Companies; and that they,as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. I'+CORPORATE0 % 1951 w JOHN F. PHINNEY, Vice President e In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002. THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE, Assistant Secretary Sekteta 0}triesia, REBECCA EASLEY ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Sure Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity ty Company, St. Pnu, Y llty Fidelity and Guaranty Insurancee Com an and Guaranty Company p y, an Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other g instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name andissued in Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointlywith the Secretaryor on behalf etof the under their respective designations. The signature of such officers maybe engraved, an Assistant Secretary, g ,printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorne (s -i - Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and bindingupon the Company, forth therein, any executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company Pith respect to y' and any undertakingsuch power so which it is validly attached; and P Y p any bond or to RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terms and limitations Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to anyand all bonds and undertakings, of the Power of ndet•takings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorneys) -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company a Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. P y as if signed by an I, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian St. Paul MercuryInsurance Company, United States Fidelity Insurance Company, P y� and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed b said Com anie and effect and has not been revoked. Y p s, which is in full force IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this day of • resTifyiv._02.a es* Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 and ask for the Power of Attorney clerk. Please to the Power the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. refero, f Attorney umbel; CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND • SECTION 00620 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF: § Texas COUNTY OF: § Brazoria KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That Fuqua General Contractors. Inc. as Contractor and United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company as Sehe dd bound unto the CITY OF PEARLAND, hereinafter called "Owner," in the sum of lA twentofnthch fl1 a! dollars and seventy-one cents ($ 118. 629 . 71 ) for the payment of nlur1e sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said Contractor has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said Owner to perform the Work as specified on indicated in the Contract Documents entitled Bid No. B2002-024, Installation of a 12 inch water main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to Pearland Parkway. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor fails to pay for any materials, equipment or other supplies, or for rental of same used in connection with the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for amounts due under applicable State law for any work or labor thereon, said Surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified above and, in the event suit is brought upon this bond, reasonable attorney's fees to be fixed by the court This bond shall insure to the benefit of any persons, companies, or corporations entitled to file claims under applicable State law so as to give aright of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this land. PROVIDED, that any alterations m the work to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said Contractor or said Surety hereunder, nor shall extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said Contractor or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. City of Pearland 03/02 • 00620-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND ;.i IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands this /0 day of 20 . Fuqua General Contractors, Inc. (Contractor) By: United States Fidelity a Guaranty Company (Surety) By (Sign ture an Seal) ture and Seal) Bettye Fuqua, President George A. McElveen, Jr. (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) City of Pearland 03/02 ( END OF SECTION Attorney -In -Fact 00620-2 i Power of Attorney No. POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 23102 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 1.218938 I{NOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelityand Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies c o hereby make, constitute and appoint George A. McElveen, Jr., Ray A. Todd, Jr., Binnie B. Stevison and Carla F. David Lake Charles Louisiana of the City of , State , their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact, each inseparatecapacity their ca acit if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 20th March 2002 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this day of United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company •Q\*......HSG9 R RPOR,4>�9�% ... m , t� �6 SE AL oaf. .�S•M State of Maryland City of Baltimore 20th March 2002 On this day of , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and Thomas E. ,� gtse Huibrewho acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and , Marine InsuranceCompany, Com pan , St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurancepan Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of y said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. • JOHN F. PHINNEY, Vice President In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002. THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE, Assistant Secretary fliagiltiOAL. Ain Pides-414d REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelityand Guar St. Pauln Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company,� Guaranty Company and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instrument to said business may be signed, executed and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorneys) -in -Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorneys relating accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf f of ine Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretaryor an Assistant alc et the under their respective designations. The signature of such officers maybe engraved, Secretary g ,printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the natuie thereof, and subject to anylimitations for purposes ,1 tations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to anybond or undertaking so which it is validly attached; and P to RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings,Power of writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as bindingupon the f signed and other Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company, p Company as if by an I, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insuranc e St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelit and Guar t Company, Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed bysaid Companies,arty Insurance and effect and has not been revoked. which is in full force IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this arte-rosTh, J jc• ORPOR4y.• - S etel tat M , SEAL'I d••••.•...• . as f . Is • day of To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 and ask for the Power of Attorney clerk. the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. • Thomas E Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary Please refer to the Power of Attorney :umbel; 10/16/2002 10:19 4097694250 10/16/2002 TUE 16:25 FAX FUQUA PAGE 02/02 Z 002/002 cprio`ltritw, Ar, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCU F vOUcER dbe, &Mivoon insurance Agonay Arthur a Gallagher of LA Inc 700 W. Prim Lake Rd .Lake Charles LA 706014397 Phone:337-478-5495 Fax;337-470-9660 INSURED F O aox �2eral Contractors, Inc R74 Vidor TX 77670-2174 n^YERAGES _ v - True OP INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INIiURE° NO MED ABOVE, FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIRENENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT NITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED DY THE POLICIES DESCRIED HE TEIN 18 SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDucEO BY PAID DAMS. p� POL)CIINUMBER —Par D TE l ) PATE (MMIDONY) QUA-2R 10/15/02 THIS CERTIFICATE; IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELQW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INBURERA: Bituminous Casualty Corp INSURERS: American Interstate Ins. CO INSURER C: INSURER 0; INSURER E:: LTR TYPE OF MsURAHCE GENERAL LIABILITY Pm pi wo.r X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE I X I OCCUR CENT AGGREGATE LIMIIT.. APPLIES PSR: POLICY P1 J6CT LOC AL^1DMO9ILE Lamm aY' Afr'o Ya1::D AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS GLP3119953 CA.P3119949 GARAGE UABILRY ANY AUTO ocamm LIABILITY OCCUR CLAIMS MADE L 1 RETENTION DEDUCTIBLE WORKERS COMPENSATION AND 6MPLOYERse LIABILITY DIRER A'VWCTZ1117 3 0 2 0 0 2 A Equipment Floater 07/24/02 07/24/03 EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE (Airy one tiro) MED EXP (Arty anti pennon) PERSONAL a ADv INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGO $1,000,000 $ 50, 000 $ 5,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 s2,000,000 07/24/02 07/24/0A COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea is 3Oent) $1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (PAT person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY • EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY; 07/24/02 07/24/02 EA ACC $ AGO EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE 4 $ s $ 07/24/03 07/24/03 Xj TORYILIMRS E.L. EACH ACCIDENT ER s500000 EL DISEASE -EAEMPLOYEE f 500000 EL DISEASE POLICY LIMIT DESCRIPTION DP OPERATIONBILODATIDNSNEHIGLEWEXCUJ6IDNS ADDED BY ENUDN8EME YIISPECIAL PROVI610NB Blanket Additionall, Inaured and Blanket Waiver of Subrogation applies am required by written contract. --6-thiTlfriCATE HOLDER ADbmoNAC INSURED i INSURER LFTtER $ 500000 Leaned/ 60000 Any 1 Obantod 190000 max CI TYPT,F., City of Poarland Attn: Gloria 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland TX 77581 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES NE CANCELLED BEFORE THE ExPEIATIOH DATE TNERE#, WE MUM INNURIR WILL, ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 1 Q DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO The CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO D0 80 SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR UABOJTY of ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER TTb AGENTS CR REPRESENTATNrt AUTHORIZED R*.PREBENTATNE Doug N. MaZlveen ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 ACORD 284 (7t22) City of Pearland 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1. DEFINITION OF TERMS GC-1 AGREEMENT GC-1 BID GC-1 BIDDER GC-1 CALENDAR DAY GC-1 CHANGE ORDER GC-1 CITY GC-1 CITY COUNCIL GC-1 CONTRACT GC - 1.09 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC-1 1.10 CONTRACTOR GC-2 1.11 DRAWINGS GC-2 1.12 ENGINEER GC-2 1.13 . EXTENDED DAY GC-2 1.14 INSPECTOR GC-2 1.15 LABORATORY GC-2 1.16 MAYOR GC-2 1.17 OWNER GC-2 1.18 PROJECT GC-2 1.19 SHOP DRAWINGS TOC - 00700-1 City of Pearland 05/02 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.20 PAYMENT BOND GC-2 1.21 PERFORMANCE BOND GC-2 1.22 PROPOSAL GC-2 1.23 PROPOSAL GUARANTY GC-3 1.24 SPECIFICATIONS GC-3 1.25 SUBCONTRACTOR. GC-3 1.26 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 1.27 SUPERINTENDENT 1.28 SURETY 1.29 STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS 1.30 WORK 1.31 EXTRA WORK 1.32. SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT 2. AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS GC-4 2.02 AWARD OF CONTRACT GC-4 2.03 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTIES 2 04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS GC-4 2.05 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT, PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT GC-3 GC-3 GC-3 GC-3( GC-4 GC-4 GC-4 GC-4 BONDS GC-5 2.06 BEGINNING OF WORK GC - City of Pearland 05/02 TOC - 00700-2 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS GC-5 & 6 2.07 INSURANCE 3. SCOPE OF WORK 3.01 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS GC-6 3.02 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS GC-6 & 7 GC-7 3.03 FINAL CLEANING UP 4. CONTROL OF THE WORK 4.01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER GC-7 GC-7 4.01 DRAWINGS 4.03 COORDINATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS ' GC-7 4.04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR GC-7 GC-8 4.05 CONSTRUCTION STAKES GC-8 4.06 INSPECTION 4.07 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK GC-8 5. CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND QUALITY WORK GC-8 5.01 SOURCES OF SUPPLY 5.02 SAMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS GC-8 5.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT OF WORK GC-9 5.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT GC-9 AND DEFICIENT WORK GC-9 5.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS TOC - 00700-3 City of Pearland 05/02 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 5.06 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS GC-9 6. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED GC-9 6.02 PERMITS AND LICENSES GC-10 6.03 SANITARY PROVISIONS GC-10 6.04 PATENTED DEVICES AND PROCESSES GC-10 6.05 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS GC-1.0 6.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK GC-10 6.07 WAIVER OF LIEN GC-10 7. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.01 SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT GC-11 7.02 PROSECUTION OF WORK GC-11 7.03 WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT GC-11 7.04 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK GC-11 7.05 CONTRACT TIME GC-1 1 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME 7.07 ABANDONMENT OF WORK OR DEFAULT OF CONTRACT 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES 8.02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT GC-12 GC-12 GC-13 GC-13 8.03 ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGES IN WORK GC-13 City of Pearland TOC - 00700-4 05/02 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENTS GC-15 8.05 PAYMENT WITHHELD GC-15 8.06 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT GC-16 9. GUARANTEE 9.01 GUARANTEE. GC-16 TOC - 00700-5 City of Pearland 05/02 + City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.00 DEFINITION OF TERMS • Wherever in these General Conditions of Agreement or in other Contract Documents, the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 1.01 AGREEMENT. The written agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed, including the CONTRACTOR'S Bid and the Bonds. 1.02 BID. See Proposal. 1.03 BIDDER. An individual, firm, or corporation of any combination thereof submitting a proposal. • 1.04 CALENDAR DAY. Any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.05 CHANGE ORDER A written order to the CONTRACTOR the signed by the ePOWNERce authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment inhe Contract Time issued after execution of the Agreement. 1.06 CITY. The incorporated City of Pearland, Brazoria County, Texas. 1.07 CITY COUNCIL. The elected officials of the City. The Mayor and five (5) Councilmen, who have the legal authority sitting as a Council to accept or reject any or all proposals submitted for the work. 1.08 CONTRACT. See Agreement. 1.09 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, Instruction to Bidders, Proposal, signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, Special Bonds, (when required), proof of insurance, General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, plans, and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the agreement. The Contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. In case of conflict between any of the Contract Documents, priority of interpretation shall be m the following order Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, Special Bonds (if any), Proposal, Special Conditions of Agreement (if any), Notice to Bidders, Technical Specifications, Plans, and General Conditions of Agreement. 1.10 CONTRACTOR. The indiivviduualfirm or is corporation rpormade by the r anny combination thereof, whose proposal is accepted and with whom agreement City of Pearland 05/02 00700-1 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.11 DRAWINGS. The drawings and plans which show the character and scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. 1.12 ENGINEER. The City Engineer of the City of Pearland, Texas, or his authorized representatives. 1.13 EXTENDED DAY. An extended day is defined as a calendar day, in which conditions described in Paragraph 7.05 will not permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than Six (6) hours between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. 1.14 INSPECTOR. The authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to inspect any and all parts of the work and the matenals to be used therein. 1.15 LABORATORY. Any testing laboratory that may be designated or approved by the ENGINEER. • 1.16 CITY MANAGER. The appointed official who presides over the City business of the City of Pearland, Texas and who is empowered to execute the Agreement for the City provided that the Council shall have accepted the Proposal by a majority vote. 1.17 OWNER. City of Pearland, Texas. 1.18 PROJECT. The entire work to be performed as provided for in the Contract Documents. 1.19 SHOP DRAWINGS. All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules, and other data which are prepared by the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor and which illustrates the equipment, matenal, or some portion of the work. 1.20 PAYMENT/MAINTENANCE BOND. The security furnished by the Contractor and the Surety in the full amount of the Contract for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work. 1.21 PERFORMANCE BOND. The security furnished by the Contractor and the Surety in the full amount of the Contract as a guaranty that the Contractor will faithfully perform the Contract and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which the Owner may suffer by reason of the Contractor s default or failure to do so. 1.22 PROPOSAL The offer of the Bidder, made out on the prescribed form, giving prices for performing the work described in the Specifications and drawings. City of Pearland 05/02 00700-2 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.23 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security designated in the Proposal and furnished by the Bidder as a Guaranty that the Bidder will enter into a Contract and make the required bonds if his proposal is accepted. 1.24 SPECIFICATIONS. The directions, provisions and requirements for the work, attached to and forming a part of the Specifications. 1.25 SUBCONTRACTOR. The individual, firm, or corporation, t o fhaving work direct at the sit of with the Contractor, approved by the OWNER, for the performance of a pu the work. . 1.26 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. By the term "substantial completion" is meant that the facility is in condition to serve its intended purpose but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.27 SUPERINTENDENT. The authorized representative of the Contractor at the site of the 1.28 SURETY. The corporate body which is bound with the Contractor for the faithful performance of this work covered by the Contract and payment of due and unpaid claims arising there under. work. 1.29 STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS. A. ASTM. American Society for Testing Materials. B. AASHO. American Association of State Highway Officials. C. ASA. American Standards Association. D. API American Petroleum Institute. E AWS. American Welding Society. F. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association. G. EEI, Edison Electric Institute. H. IES. Illuminating Engineering Society. I. UL Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. J. AAI American Association of Nurserymen. K. AWG. Amencan Wire Gage. L. BPR. The United States Bureau of Public Roads. M. IMSA. International Municipal Signal Association. N. ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers. O. NBFU. National Board of Fire Underwriters. P. NEC National Electrical Code (Published by NBFU.) Q. AWWA. American Water Works Association. • City of Pearland 05/02 00700-3 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.30 WORK The Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, all material shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have a well known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 1.31 EXTRA WORK The term "Extra Work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Engineer or Owner to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans, or reasonably implied by the specifications, and not covered by the Contractor's Proposal, except as provided under "Changes and Alterations", herein. 1.32 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. Written agreement entered into between the Contractor and the City and approved by the Surety, covering alterations and changes in plans which are necessary to the proper completion of the work. 2.00 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS The proposals will be opened and read in public and referred to the City Council for action. Until the award of the Contract is made, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and to waive such technicalities as may be considered for the best interest of the City. 2.02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after the opening of bids unless otherwise stated in the proposal. 2.03 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTIES. Proposal guaranties of the three lowest bidders may be retained until after the contract and bonds have been executed. Proposal guaranties of all except the three lowest bidders will be returned within ten (10) days after the public opening and reading of the proposals. 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT/ MAINTENANCE BONDS. Within fifteen (15) days after written notification of award of contract, the successful bidder shall execute and file with the City a Contract and Performance and Payment/Maintenance bonds each in the full amount of the Contract price, the bonds to be executed by a Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, as a guarantee of the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations which may be incurred for material and labor used in the performance of the work. The Contract will be executed on behalf of the City by the Mayor or the City Manager. City of Pearland 05/02 00700-4 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS a. If any Surety upon any bond furnished in connection with the contract becomes insolvent, or otherwise not authorized to do business in this State, the Contractor shall promptly furnish equivalent security to protect the interests of the City and of persons supplying labor or materials necessary to prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contract. b.. The bonds shall be written to remain in force until expiration of the guarantee period which is one (1) year after acceptance of the completed work by the City. The Contractor shall pay the premiums on the required bonds and shall include this cost in his proposal and Contract amounts. 2.05 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FILE PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. Should the successful bidder fail to execute and file the Contract and required bonds within fifteen (15) days after written notification of the award of the Contract, the Proposal Guaranty filed with the Proposal shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 2.06 BEGINNING OF WORK. The Contractor shall begin work within ten (10) days after receipt of written authorization by the Engineer to do so. 2.07 INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained insurance of the type and for the amounts as follows and has filed and had the same approved by the City. Approval of the insurance by the City shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor. (1) Unless otherwise provided for in the Specifications, the Contractor shall provide and maintain, until the work covered in this contract is completed and accepted by the Owner, the minimum insurance coverage, as follows: TYPE OF COVERAGE LIMITS OF LIABILITY A. Workmen's Compensation Statutory B. Employer's Liability Comprehensive General Liability 1. Bodily Injury 2. Property Damage D. Comprehensive Automobile 1. Bodily Injury 2. Property Damage C. $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Each person Each Occurrence $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate Liability $500,000 $500,000 Each person Each Occurrence $500,000 Each Occurrence 00700-5 City of Pearland 05/02 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS E Owner's Protective Liability Insurance Policy: The Contractor shall obtain at his expense an Owner's Protective Liability Insurance Policy naming the City of Pearland, Texas and its employees as insured with the following limits: 1. Bodily Injury $300,000 $500,000 Each person Each Occurrence 2. Property Damage $100 000 $300,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate The immunity of the Owner shall not be a defense from the insurance carrier. F. Builder's Risk Insurance: The contractor shall obtain at his expense Builder's Risk Insurance against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm, hurricane, hail, explosion, riot, civil commotion, smoke, aircraft land vehicles, vandalism and malicious mischief, in the amount of insurance equal at all times to the insurable value of the materials delivered and labor performed. The policy shall be issued jointly in the names of the Contractor, his Sub -Contractors and the Owner, as their interests may appear. The policy shall have endorsements as follows: C 1. This insurance shall be specific as to coverage and not considered as contributing insurance with any permanent insurance maintained on the present premises. 2. Loss, if any, shall be adjustable with and payable to the Owner as Trustee for Whom It May Concern. (2) The certificates or evidences of insurance shall set forth that the insurance carrier will not cancel or materially alter the insurance until after ten (10) days written notice has been received by the Owner. 3.00 SCOPE OF WORK. 3.01 INTENT OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to describe the complete work to be performed under the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, it is also the intent that the Contractor shall furnish all materials, supplies, tools, equipment and labor necessary for the timely prosecution and completion of the Work. It is also understood that unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment incorporated m the Work shall be new. 3.02 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The Owner shall have the nght to make suct% changes and alterations in the plans or in the quantities of the work as may be considered necessary c desirable, and such changes and alterations should not be considered as a waiver of any condition of the City of Pearland 00700-6 05/02 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS Contract, nor shall they invalidate any of the provisions thereof. The Contractor shall perform the work as increased or decreased and a proper adjustment in price shall be made as provided in paragraph 8.03. When such changes and alterations increase or decrease the quantity of the unit price items of the work by more than twenty percent (20%), then either party to the Contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work. Changes or alterations shall be made only on written authorization of the Engineer. 3.03 FINAL CLEAN UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment is made, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish and temporary structures, restore in an acceptable manner all property both public and private, whichbeen condition damaged during the prosecution of the work and leave the site of the work in a neat andpresentable ut. 4.00 CONTROL OF THE WORK 4.01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER The work will be done under the inspection of the Engineer to his satisfaction, and in accordance with the proposal, contract, specifications and drawings. He will decide all questions which may arise as to the quality of acceptability of materials furnished and work performed, the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work, the interpretations of the specifications and drawings and the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the. Contractor. Where the phrase as directed by the Engineer", "ordered by the Engineer', or' to the satisfaction of the Engineer" occurs it is to be understood that the directions, orders, or instructions to which they relate are within the limitations of the Contract documents. 4.02 DRAWINGS. Drawings will show the lines, grades, cross -sections details and general features The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of and other Contractor, five copies, unless otherwise, specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work, The Contractor shalland the Engineer lpass makeupon them any corrections reasonable promptness, making necessary corrections. required by the Engineer, file with him two corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The Engineer's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time submiss ion, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or 4.03 COORDINATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. The Specifications g atin one and the accompanying drawings, are essential parts of the Contract,requirement is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be cooperative and to provide for a complete work. In cases of disagreement, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, detailed drawings shall govern over general drawings, specifications shall govern over drawings, and special provisions shall govern over specifications, drawings, and general provisions. 4.04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with as many copies of the specifications and drawings as he may require and he shall have available on the job site at all times one copy of each. He shall give the work his constant attention to facilitate the progress thereof 00700-7 City of Pearland 05/02 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS and shall cooperate with the Engineer. He shall have at all times a satisfactory and competent Supenntendent on the job site, authorized to receive instructions and to act for him. The Contractor shall y designate to the Engineer the name of such Superintendent 4.05 CONSTRUCTION STAKES The Engineer will furnish vertical and horizontal baseline control for the work, and will furnish the Contractor with all necessary information relating to them. These marks will be set sufficiently in advance of the work to avoid delay. The Contractor will use all reasonable care to protect and preserve any stakes and bench marks, and is responsible for all offsets, locating elevations and dimensions to position his works. 4.06 INSPECTION. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as Performed is in accordance with the requirements and intent of the specifications, drawings and Contract. If the Engineer so requests the Contractor shall at any time before acceptance of' the work remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portion of the work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the Contractor shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 1.31 for the uncovering, removing, and restoration of the work; but should the work soexposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and the restoration of the parts removed shall be at the Contractor's expense. No work shall be done without suitable inspection. 4.07 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK All work which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein Provided, or any work done without authority will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. 5.00 CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND QUALITY OF WORK • 5.01 SOURCES OF SUPPLY The sources of supply of materials shall be approved by the Engineer. Representative samples of the materials proposed for use in the work will be submitted, when requested in writing by the Engineer, for examination and testing in accordance with the methods referred to under Paragraph 5.02. Only materials conforming to the requirements of these specifications and approved by the Engineer shall be used m the work. If the sources of supply which have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish acceptable materials from some other approved source. 5.02 SAMPLES AND TESTS OR MATERIALS. Sampling and Testing of all materials proposed to be used will be made by the Engineer in accordance with methods prescribed by the ASTM or as prescribed in the Specifications. The selection of the method of test shall be as designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as may be required for the verification of scales measures, and other devices used for Specified sampling and testing. ft- City of Pearland 05/02 00700-8 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS All testing of materials for which the Owner or the Specifications and/or Drawings require tests to determine compliance with the requirements shall be accomplished at the Owner's expense. The Owner may at any time request test specimens of various materials. The test specimens shall be furnished by the Contractor and tests will be made by the Owner at the expense of the Owner. When directed by the Owner, material compliances with the specifications shall be made by one of the following: A. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. B. Mill certificate. C. Testing laboratory certifications. D. Report of actual laboratory test from the Owner's laboratory or from a laboratory satisfactory to the Owner. Samples tested shall be selected by or in the presence of the Owner and the method of testing shall comply with the professional societies' standard specifications. 5.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT OR COMPLETED PORTIONS OF WORK If inspection and testing of equipment and completed portions of the work for approval is required by the1/4Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give the Engineer notice of readiness and a time and date shall be arranged for the Engineer to observe such inspection and testing. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection and testing. 5.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND WORK SUSPECTED OF BEING DEFICIENT. If after commencement of the work, the Engineer determines that any equipment or portion of the work completed requires inspection or testing because of suspected deficiency in workmanship or general conformity to the Plans and Specifications, he will inform the Contractor and order such special inspection or testing. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the work to comply with the requirements of the Specifications or Plans, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof made necessary by such failure, otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs. 5.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of' their quality and fitness for the work. 5.06 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS. All materials not conforming to the requirements of these specifications will be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work. Rejected materials, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall have the status of new material. 6.00 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES. 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State and Local Laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner City of Pearland 05/02 00700-9 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS and its Representatives against any claim arising from the violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation, whether by himself or by his employees. 6.02 PERMITS AND LICENSES . No building permits will be required for work on the Owner's property. The Contractor shall procure any other permits or licenses, pay any other charges and fees, arrange for and furnish all notices necessary to the closing of any street or sidewalk, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 6.03 SANITARY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall, at his entire expense, provide and maintain in a neat sanitary condition such sanitary facilities for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply, with the requirements and regulations of the State Department of Health or of other authorities having jurisdiction. The location and design of such facilities shall be approved by the Engineer. 6.04 PATENTED DEVICES AND PROCESSES If the Contractor is required or desires to use any devices or processes covered by letters patent or copyrighted, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or Owner. The Contractor shall indemnity and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any patented device or process, or any trademark or copyright used in connection with the work agreed to be performed under the contract. 1 6.05 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall save harmless the Owner and its employees from all suits, actions or claims brought on .account of any injuries or damages sustained by any person or property in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work by the Contractor; or on account of any claims or amounts recovered for any infringement or patent, trade- mark, or copyright, except as herein elsewhere specifically provided; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Law' or any other laws. He shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character occurring during the prosecution of the work resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct on his part or on the part of any of his employees, in the manner or method of executing the work; or from his failure to execute the work properly; or from defective work or materials. He shall not be released from such responsibility until all claims have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner. 6.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the acceptance of the work by the Engineer as evidenced in writing, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor. The Contractor shall rebuild and make good at his own expense all injuries and damages to the work occurring before its completion and acceptance. In case of suspension of work for any cause, the Contractor shall be held responsible for the preservation of all materials. 6.07 WAIVER OR LIEN. It is distinctly understood that by virtue of this Contract, no mechanic, contractor, subcontractor, supplier, material man, artisan, or laborer, whether skilled or unskilled, shall ever in any manner have claim, or acquire any hen upon the improvements of whatever nature or kind so erected or to be erected by virtue of this Contract nor upon any of the land upon whicl. improvements are so erected, built or situated. City of Pearland 05/02 00700-10 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS 7.00 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.01 SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING OF CONTRACT. The Contractor will not be permitted to assign, sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or his rights, title or interest therein, without the approval approval of the Owner. of the Engineer and OwnernInot be any case, ed to sublet any portion of the Contract without subcontract will relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under the Contract. 7.02 PROSECUTION OF WORK. Prior to beginning construction operations the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a schedule or brief outlining the manner of prosecution of the work that he intends to follow in order to complete the Contract within the allotted time. The Contractor shall also furnish the Engineer a breakdown of Contract work items and costs for use in making the monthly progress estimates. The Contractor shall begin the work as required in paragraph 2.06 and shall continuously prosecute same with such diligence as will enable him to complete the work within the time limit set. He shall notify the Engineer at least twenty-four hours before beginning work at any point. He shall not open up work to the detriment of work already begun. The beginning, sequence and prosecution of the work shall be subject to acceptance by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall conduct his operations so as to impose a minimum of interference to the necessary activities by the Owner. 7.03 WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT. All workmen employed by the Contractor shall have such skill and experience as will enable them to perform properly the duties assigned to them. Any person employed by the Contractor who, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner, or who is disrespectful, intemperate, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, shall at the written request of the Engineer be removed from the Project and shall not be employed again on any portion of the work without the written consent of the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish such suitable machinery, equipment, and construction forces as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper prosecution of the work. 7.04 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Engineer will have authority to suspend the work wholly or in part, for such period as he may consider necessary and each day of such suspension shall be considered an extended day. Notice of such suspension with the reasons therefore will be given the Contractor in writing. The Contractor shall not suspend work without the written authority of the Engineer If the suspension is for the convenience of the Owner and causes the Contractor extra expense, the Contractor will be reimbursed for his actual additional expense without profit. 7.05 CONTRACT TIME. The Contractor shall complete the work within the number of consecutive calendar days stated in the proposal plus any extended days. Contract time will begin upon the written authorization by the Engineer to begin work. Extended days, as defined in paragraph 1.13 will be allowed the Contractor when the Owner determines that completion of the principal units of work was delayed as a result of: City of Pearland 05/02 00700-11 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS Unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without fault or neghgence of the Contractor, Subcontractors or suppliers, including but not restricted to, acts of God, the public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and severe weather. 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME The time of completion is the essence of this contract. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the proposal and the contract, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as equitably increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions, shall be deducted from the monies due the Contractor: AMOUNT OF CONTRACT Less than$ 5,000.00 $5,000.00 to 14,999.99 15,000 00 to 24,999.99 25,000 00 to 49,999.99 50,000 00 to 99,999.99 100,000.00 to 1,000,000.00 More than 1,000,000.00 AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES $ 60.00 per day 80.00 per day 100.00 per day 120.00 per day 160.00 per day 240.00 per day 500.00 per day The sum of money thus deducted for such delay, failure or no completion is not to be considered as a penalty, but shall be deemed, taken and treated as reasonable liquidated damages per calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the contract for completing the work. The said amounts are fixed and agreed upon by and between Owner and Contractor because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner in such event would sustain; and said amounts are agreed to be the amounts .of damages which the Owner would sustain and which shall be retained from the monies due, or that may become due, the Contractor under this contract; and if said momes be insufficient to cover the amount owing, then the CONTRACTOR or his surety shall pay any additional amounts due. 7.07 ABANDONMENT OF WORK OR DEFAULT OF CONTRACT. If the Contractor fails to begin or complete the work within the time specified; or fails to perform the work with sufficient workmen and equipment; or shall perform the work unsuitably; or shall neglect or refuse to remove materials or perform anew such work as may have been rejected as being defective or unsuitable; or shall discontinue the prosecution of the work without authonty; or shall become insolvent or be declared bankrupt; or shall commit any act of insolvency or bankruptcy; or shall make an unauthorized. assignment for the benefit of any creditor; or for any other cause whatsoever shall not carry on the work in an acceptable manner, the Engineer may give written notice to the Contractor and his Surety of such delay, neglect, or default, specifying same. If the Contractor witlun a period of ten (10) days after such notice shall not proceed to correct and remedy the conditions specified then the Owner shall give written notice of default to the Surety Company issuing the performance bond under paragraph 2.04 herein any' said Surety Company shall then assume full responsibihty for completion of the contract in acceptable manner and in fulfillment of the Contract. City of Pearland 05/02 00700-12 Nue City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS 8.00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer. 8.02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall accept the compensation, as provided in the Contract in full payment for furnishing all materials, supplies, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the work under the contract; for any loss or damage which may arise from the nature of the work, from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work, until the final acceptance by the Owner, except where such damage is clearly shown to be due to inadequate design and not to improper prosecution of the work; for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the work for all expenses incurred in con- sequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work as herein specified; for any infringement of patent, trademark, or copyright; and for completing the work according to the specifications and drawings. The payment of any current or partial estimate shall in no way affect 'the obligation of the Contractor to repair or renew at his own cost, any defective parts of the construction, or to replace any defective materials used in the construction and to be responsible for all damages due to such defects if such defects or damages are discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work. 8.03 ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN WORK. No change in the work shall be made without having prior written approval of the Owner Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be determined by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Unit prices previously approved. (1) Increases and Decreases in Quantity of Work. The Engineer will have the right to increase or decrease the quantities of the work, as may be considered necessary or desirable. Such increases or decreases shall not be considered as a waiver of any condition of the contract, nor shall they invalidate any of the provisions thereof. The Contractor shall perform the work as increased or decreased. Payment to the Contractor for contract items will be made for the actual quantities of work done or material furnished at the unit prices set forth in the contract, except as provided for changes in the character of the work and except as provided for overruns and under runs of major items. A.major item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5 percent of the original contract or $100,000.00, whichever is less. When the quantity of work to be done or the quantity of material to be furnished under any major item of the contract is o ete c an125 percent of the quantity tract, upon demand, shall be stated in the proposal, then either party City of Pearland 05/02 00700-13 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS entitled to revised consideration on that portion of work above 125 percent of the quantity stated in the proposal. When the final quantity of work done under any major item of the contract is less than 80 percent of the quantity stated in the proposal, the adjusted unit price to apply to the final quantity of work performed under the item will be determined by multiplying the unit bid price by the factor obtained from Table I. In no instance shall the product of the adjusted price and the final quantity of work exceed the product of the original contract unit price and 80 percent of the original contract quantity, and in no instance will the unit price be adjusted to more than 125 percent of the original contract unit price. %DECREASE 20-24 25-28 29-32 33-35 36-38 39-41 42-44 45-47 48-50 51-53 54-56 57-59 TABLE I FACTOR %DECREASE FACTOR 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 1.11 1.12 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 and over 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.25 2. Force Account - If the change is ordered to be performed on a Force Account basis, payment will be made as follows: (1) City of Pearland 05/02 The actual cost of: a. Labor, including foremen. b. Materials entering permanently into the work. c. The ownership or rental cost of equipment during extra work. d. Power and consumable supplies for the operation e. Insurance and Social Security and old age contributions. the time of use on the of power equipment. and unemployment 00700-14 City of Pearland (2) (3) GENERAL CONDITIONS To the cost under (1) above there will be added a sum equal to, fifteen percent (15%) of the actual cost of the work. The fee shall be Compensation to cover the cost of supervision, overhead, the use of small tool, bond, profit and any other general expenses. In the event the change is done by subcontract, the fifteen percent (15%) established in paragraph (2) shall be divided between the Contractor and Subcontractor or Subcontractors with five percent (5%) being apportioned to the Contractor and ten percent (10%) being apportioned to the Subcontractor unless some other division of the fifteen percent (15%) is stipulated in the Subcontract Agreement. 3. Supplemental Agreement. If a supplemental agreement is entered into it shall in general be based on agreed estimated cost for the items listed in paragraph (1) and (2) above. 4. An agreed Price. This method will be used only at the option of the Owner. 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENT. The Engineer once each month will make an approximate estimate in writing of the materials in place and the amount of work performed and the value thereof. From the total amount so ascertained will be deducted ten percent (10%) to be retained until after the completion and acceptance of the entire work. In addition to be above upon presentation of copies of invoices, an estimate shall be made for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the value of acceptable, nonperishable materials which are to be incorporated in the work and which have been delivered at the site of the work and have not yet been incorporated in the work. 8.05 PAYMENT WITHHELD. In addition to express provisions elsewhere contained in the contract, the Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor such amount as determined necessary to protect the Owner's interest, or, if it so elects, may withhold or retain all or a portion of any progress payment or refund payment on account of: (a) unsatisfactory progress of the work not caused by .conditions beyond the Contractor's control; (b) defective work not corrected; (c) Contractor's failure to carry out instructions or orders of the Owner or his representative; (d) a reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for the balance then. unpaid; (e) work or execution thereof not in accordance with the contract documents; (f) claim filed by or against the Contractor or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; City of Pearland 05/02 00700-15 City of Pearland GENERAL CONDITIONS (g) failure of the Contractor to make payments to subcontractor or for material or labor; (h) damage to another contractor; (i) unsafe working conditions allowed to persist by the Contractor; failure of the Contractor to provide work schedules as required by the Owner, (k) use of subcontractors without the Engineer's approval; or (1) failure of the Contractor to keep current As Built record drawings at the job site, or to turn same over in completed form to the Owner. When the above grounds are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them, and Owner shall never be liable for interest on any delayed or late payment. 8.06 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the work provided for in the contract shall have been completed by the Contractor, and all parts of the work have been approved and accepted by the Engineer, a final estimate showing the amount of the work and the amount due the Contractor under the contract will be prepared by the Engineer. The amount of the final O estimate, less any sums previously paid under the contract will be paid to the Contractor 9.00 GUARANTEE 9.01 GUARANTEE The Contractor, before final payment is made, shall furnish to the Owner a One (1) Year Maintenance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the construction cost to insure that the work performed under the Contract is free from faulty materials and workmanship and will remain free from faulty materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. Neither the final payment on the Contract by the Owner nor any provision in the Contract or Specifications shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship and, unless otherwise specified, he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting there from, which shall appear within a period of one year from date of acceptance of the work. If the Contractor fails to correct defects covered in the Contract and guarantee within thirty (30) days from receiving written notice of such defects, the Owner shall give written notice to the Surety Company issuing the Maintenance Bond and said Surety Company shall then assume full responsibility for correction of the defects in an acceptable manner and in fulfillment of the guaranteed portion of the Contract. City of Pearland 05/02 00700-16 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITION OF TERMS SC-1 1.01 ENGINEER 1.02 SUBCONTRACTOR SC-1 2. AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, (ETC) SC-1 4. CONTROL OF THE WORK 4.01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER SC-1 SC-1 4.04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR SC-1 4.05 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL 6. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1 6.01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED SC-1-13 ADD REPRODUCED TEXT OF PREAMBLE AND 28 TAC § 110.110 7. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SC-13 7.05 CONTRACT TIME.. . 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SC-14 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENT. • TOC - 00800-1 SC-14 City of Pearland 05/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.00 DEFINITION OF TERMS. 1.01 ENGINEER The City Engineer of the City of Pearland, Texas, or his authorized representatives. 1.02 SUBCONTRACTOR. The individual, firm, or corporation, having a part direct contract with the Contractor, acceptable to the OWNER, for performance of of the work at the site of the work. 2.00 AWARDS AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 2.04 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT PERFORMANCE AND re o PAYMENTIMAINTENANCE OF BOND. The contract and allchangeorders t shall be executed by the City Manager, acting on the authority of the City Council of the City of Pearland. 4.00 CONTROL OF THE WORK. 4.01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER The work will be done under the inspection of the Engineer to his satisfaction, and in accordance with the proposal, contract, specifications and drawings. He will decide all questions which may arise as to the quality of acceptability of materials furnished and work performed, the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work, the interpretations of the specifications and drawings, and the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor. Where the phrase "as directed by the Engineer" "ordered by the Engineer", or "to the satisfaction of the Engineer" occurs itis to be understood that the directions, orders, or instructions to which they relate are within the limitations of the Contract documents. In no case shall the term 'inspection" imply or mean ' supervision." 4 04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. Five sets of drawing and three sets of specifications will be furnished to the Contractor. 4.05 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL Horizontal and vertical control is based on a coordinate traverse and benchmark provided by Owner. 6.00 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED 6.01 PREAMBLE TO RULE 110.110. The Texas Workers' Compensation Commission adopts new § 110.110, concerning requirements for governmental entities awarding a contract for a building or construction project, and for persons providing services on a building or construction project for a governmental entity. The new rule is adopted with changes to the proposed text published in the April 26, 1994 issue of the City of Pearland 05/02 00800-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS Texas Register (19 TexReg 3131). Subsections (a)(7) and (c)(7) were amended by adding language to further clarify who is covered by the rule. Subsections (c)(7)(J) and (e)(3) were added to clarify that a contractor or subcontractor is representing to the governmental entity that workers' compensation coverage is provided. Subsections (d)(8)(C) and (e)(8)(C) were added to require specific language regarding representations of coverage to be added to contracts to provide services on the project. Subsections (c)(7)(F), and (c)(7)(I)(5), (d)(5), (d)(8)(F) (e)(6), and (e)(8)(F) were amended to reduce the retention period for contractors and other persons providing services on the project from three years to one year. Subsection (g) was changed to state that this rule applies to contract advertised for bid after September 1, 1994, rather than awarded after September 1, 1994. The Texas Labor Code, §406.096, requires workers' compensation insurance coverage for all persons providing services on a building or construction project for a governmental entity. The commission is aware that this statutory requirement is not being met, and this rule is designed to achieve compliance and to implement a record keeping process which will enable oversight of compliance. The rule does this by placing requirements on the governmental entity and on contractors and other persons providing services on'a project. These requirements include coverage, certificates of coverage, posted notices of coverage, and notification of changes in coverage status. The rule does not create any duty or burden on anyone which the law does not establish. The rule defines terms which apply to governmental entity building or construction projects and sets up a clear procedure for governmental entities and contractors that bid for building and construction projects to follow in complying with the requirements of the Texas Labor Code, §406.096. It also defines statute and the rule. It specifically excludes persons such as food/beverage vendors whose deliveries and labor are not permanently incorporated into the project. The rule puts persons on notice that providing false or misleading certificates of coverage or failing to provide or maintain required coverage, or failing to report any change that materially affects the provisionof coverage may subject the contractor or other persons providing services on the project to administrative penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. The rule requires a governmental entity to timely obtain certificates of coverage, retain them for the duration of the project plus three years, and provide them to the commission upon request and to others entitled to them by law. It also requires the governmental entity, as a prerequisite to awarding a contract, and as part of the contract to require that the contractor: provide coverage and certificates of coverage for the contractor's employees; timely obtain and provide the governmental entity all required certificates of coverage for all persons providing services on the project, retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, notify the governmental entity in wnting by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project, post notices on each project site; and contractually require persons with whom it contracts to do the same, with the certificates of' coverage to be provided to .the person for whom they are providing City of Pearland 00800-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS services. The rule also sets out the language to be included in bid specifications and in contracts awarded by a governmental entity and the information required to be in the posted notice to employees. It further establishes a method for obtaining the certificates from persons providing services on the project and providing them to the governmental entity It requires a contractor awarded a building or construction contract to: provide workers' compensation coverage to the contractor's employees for the duration of the project; file a certificate of coverage of the contractor's employees with the governmental entity prior to being awarded a contract; obtain and provide to the governmental entity; certificates of coverage from each other person with whom it has contracted to provide services on the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; obtain and provide new certificates of coverage shown on the current certificate ends during the duration of the project retain all certificates of' coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; notify the governmental i 1ty of contracts to material a certificate of coverage; es in coverage; nlly and require each other person with whomprovide post notices on each project site. All other persons providing services on a project have the same requirements as a contractor, with the exception toof the posting notices for whom they contracted to that the provide certificate of coverage is givenperson services on the project. The rule uses the term "persons providing services on the project" in lieu of the statutory term "subcontractor,dii try usage�rThe " as used in the statue (§406.096) and in this rule is broader than standard inuse of the different terminology will prevent confusion. The rule does not create any duty or burden on anyone which the law does not establish. The new rule is adopted under the Texas Labor Code, §402.061, which authorizes the commission to adopt rules necessary to administer the Act, and Texas Labor Code, §406.096, which establishes requirements for governmental entities, contractors, and subcontractors ("persons providing services on the project' ) regarding workers compensation coverage for workers on pubhc building or construction projects. Rule 110.110 - Reporting Requirements for Building or Construction Projects for Governmental Entities (a) The following words and terms, when used in this rule, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Terms not defined in this rule shall have the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, if so defined. ance, (1) Certificate of coverage ("cto iself-insure issued bycthe�commisscate of nonr or a a certificate of authority coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the City of Pearland 03/02 00800-3 CITY OF PEARLAND (b) (7) (5) SPECIAL CONDITIONS person's or entity's employees (including those subject to a coverage agreement) providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. (2) Building or construction - Has the meaning defined in the Texas Labor Code, §406.096(e)(1). (3) Contractor - A person bidding for or awarded a building or construction project by a governmental entity. (4) Coverage - Workers' compensation insurance meeting the statutory requirements of the Texas Labor Code, §401.011(44). Coverage agreement - A written agreement on form TWCC-81, form TWCC-82, form TWCC-83, or form TWCC-84, filed with the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission which establishes a relationship between the parties for purposes of the Workers Compensation Act, pursuant to the Texas Labor Code, Chapter 406, Subchapters F and G as one of employer/employee and establishes who will be responsible for providing workers' compensation coverage for persons providing services on the project. (6) Duration of the project - Includes the time from the beginning of work on the project until the work on the .project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor' ul §406.096 of the Act) - Includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes but is not limited to independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity furnishing persons to perform services on the project. "Services" includes but is not limited to providing hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services' does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. (8) Project - Includes the provision of all services related to a building or construction contract for a governmental entity. Providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage pursuant to this rule is a representation by the insured that all employees of the insured who are providing services on the project are covered by workers' compensation coverage, that the coverage is based on proper reporting of classification codes City of Pearland 00800-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS • and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements have been filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading certificates of coverage, that materially affects the provision of uired coverage, or failing to report anychange coverage may subject the contractor or other person providing services on the project to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or .other civil actions. (c) A governmental entity that enters into a building or construction contract on a project shall: (1) include in the bid specifications all the provisions of subsection (d) of this rule, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection; (2) as part of the contract, using the language required by paragraph (7) of this subsection, require the contractor to perform as required in subsection (d) of this rule; obtain from the contractor a certificate of coverage for each person providing services of the project, prior to that person beginning work on the project; (4) obtain from the contractor a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage: (A) before the end of the curranttthe coverage periodends contractor'scoverage period, if the current certificate of coverage shows tha during the duration of the project; and no later than seven days after the expiration of the coverage for each other person providing services on the project whose current certificate shows that the coverage period ends during the duration of the project; retain certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for three years thereafter; (3) (B) (5) • (6) provide a copy of the certificates of coverage to the commission upon request and to any person entitled to them by law; and use the following language for bid specifications and contracts, without any additional words or changes except those required to ate the specific document in which they are contained or to impose stricter standards of documentation in Figure 1: (7) City of Pearland 03/02 00800-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (Figure 1) Article . Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage. A. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate")- A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. City of Pearland 00800-6 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS E The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the . duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, pnor to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; City of Pearland 03/02 00800-7 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on thecurrent certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project, and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commissions' Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. City of Pearland 00800-8 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (d) A contractor shall: (1) provide coverage for its based on employees providing reporting ofclassification fodes the duration of the project proper and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates ofcoverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing knew ocertifiedy shouldlor personal have known, delivery, within 10 days after the contractor of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text in Figure 2 provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: (3) (5) 03) City of Pearland 03/02 00800-9 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (Figure 2) REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or material, or providing labor or transportation or their service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)(3) of this rule; provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; City of Pearland 00800-10 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provisions of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A)-(H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. (H) (e) A person providing services on a project, other than a contractor, shall: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage as required by its contract to provide services on the project, prior to beginning work on the project; have the following language in its contract to provideservices on the project "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions." (4) provide the person for whom it is providing services on the project, prior to the end of the coverage period shown on its current certificate of coverage, a new certificate showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; obtain from each person providing services on a project under contract to it, and provide as required by its contract: City of Pearland 00800-11 03/02 (3) (5) CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (B) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of' the project; (6) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (7) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project and send the notice within 10 days after the person knew or should have known of the change; and (8) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the proj ect; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to it prior to that other person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e)(3) of this rule* (D) provide, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person under contract to it to provide services on the project, and provide as required by its contract: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the contract; City of Pearland 00800-12 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (f) (g) (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in venting by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as .required by paragraphs (A)-(H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. If any provision of this rule or its application to any person or circumstance is held invalid the invalidity does not affect other provisions or applications of this rule that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this rule are declared to be severable. This rule is applicable for building or construction contracts advertised for bid by a governmental entity on or after September 1, 1994. Effective Date: September 1, 199"' •. 7.00 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7.05 CONTRACT TIME. Time allotted for this project is 60 calendar days. Contract time allotted for completion of project shall begin 10 days after "Notice to Proceed" is delivered to CONTRACTOR All time worked on holidays and other than 7:30 AM - 4:30 PM Monday through Friday will be overtime hours Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than normal hours No work will be allowed on Sundays. This contract time, as defined in this proposal and other sections of the Contract documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 80 days calculated from all precipitation days of record, including trace amount days. Contractor is required to keep a record of ram/mud days at the site. Record of rain/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the Contract, Contractor will be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 40 rain/mud days (50% of record 80 days) per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof. City of Pearland 03/02 00800-13 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall be allowed extension time for each day the Contractor is unable to perform principal units of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM due to rain or other weather related work stoppages. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in wasting within ten (10) days of each such occurrence. Failure to make such written notification within such time shall constitute an irrevocable waiver of such extension by the Contractor. The Engineer shall determine whether an extension of time is justified, which determination shall be final. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed extension time for each day the CONTRACTOR is unable to perform principal units of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7 00 a.m and 6:00 p.m. due to rain or other weather related work stoppages. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing within ten (10) days of each such occurrence. Failure to make such written notification within such time shall constitute an irrevocable waiver of such extension by the CONTRACTOR. The ENGINEER shall determine whether an extension -of time is justified, which determination shall be final. 7.06 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is of the essence of the contract, it being important that this public improvement be quickly completed. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER understand and agree that a breach of this contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER, but further agree that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that the ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit set in the contract or as extended by the City Council, the CONTRACTOR shall pay liquidated damages as set out by sliding scale in Section 00700 — General Conditions The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR of the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties on his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 8.00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 8.01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under this contract will be measured by the Engineer. 8.04 PARTIAL PAYMENT. Retainage shall be five percent (5%) of amount due until after substantial completion of the work. The retainage shall be reduced to two and a half percent (2.5%) at substantial completion and will remain until after the completion and acceptance of the entire work. City ofPearland 00800-14 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authonty to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC- 82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 406.096) - includes persons or entities performing or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or matenals, or providing labor, transportation, or. other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and City of Pearland 03/02 Page 00800-A-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notifythe govenunental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days .after the contractor knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. City of Pearland Page 00800-A-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS NOTICE REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker s compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identify of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project: 3. provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4. obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: a. a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b. a new certificate of coverage shown extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project 5. retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; City of Pearland 03/02 Page 00800-A-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 6. notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project and 7. contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker s compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The contractor s failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contractor void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. City of Pearland Page 00800-A-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In order to insure that the rights, obligations and responsibilities of all parties to the original contract document are fully protected, which contract document was signed and executed on the day of , 19 by , referred to therein as CONTRACTOR and hereinafter referred to as CONTRACTOR, and , hereinafter referred to as OWNER, on the day of , 20__, and further in consideration for the final payment of all sums due and claimed by the CONTRACTOR against OWNER, the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, jointly by all partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the power and authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: The Contractor has received (number) payments pursuant to (number) of Contractor Payment Estimates, copies of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", presented to OWNER and paid during the progress of the job referred to in the Contract between the parties; and in this regard, the undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that it does not claim nor intend to claim at any future date, any additional stuns of money of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the payment estimates previously submitted to the ENGINEER for approval, or any other sums of money of any nature whatsoever for materials furnished and used in the job or for work done, and hereby City of Pearland 03/02 Page 00800-B-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS releases and discharges OWNER from any liabilities of any nature whatsoever, for any claims of any nature made by the CONTRACTOR at some future date, or by its successors or assigns. II. The undersigned CONTRACTOR further represents to OWNER that the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, if any, submitted by the CONTRACTOR to OWNER, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by deletions or other modifications by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit "B", is true, correct and accurate; and it is further agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of' final payment in the amount as set out on the Final Payment Estimate and Change Order, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, release and forever discharge OWNER of and from all manner of debts, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and 4 causes of action of any nature whatsoever under and by virtue of the terms and provisions of the Contract hereinbefore referred to, and any change or modification thereof, or in any manner growing out of or arising from or by virtue of the work, labor and services performed by the CONTRACTOR. III. CONTRACTOR, in addition to the provisions set out in the contract document, agrees to indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from any and all causes of action, claims, demands or suits made by any person or other entity against OWNER, by reason of the work performed by such CONTRACTOR, and agrees to defend or to cause the same to be defended at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense and obligation, whenever such actions may be brought, and further to pay all costs incurred by OWNER in the defense thereof, including administrative costs and attorney's fees, and further to pay any judgments or settlements which may be entered into or agreed to against or for the benefit of City of Pearland Page 00800-B-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OWNER It is, however, specifically agreed that OWNER shall not enter into any settlement agreements without the acquiescence and agreement of the CONTRACTOR. IV. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. V. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractors's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the original Contract of the parties heretofore previously referred to, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. VI. This Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall be considered to be continuing and binding upon the parties hereto and shall not terminate upon receipt and acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment, but shall be deemed continuing so long as any actions, claims or other demands contemplated herein against OWNER, may lawfully be brought under applicable statutes of limitations, and shall in addition be deemed to be continuing for such additional period of time as shall be necessary to compensate and repay to OWNER, all costs or damages incurred by it by reason of such claims. City of Pearland 03/02 Page 00800-B-3 C/TY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 20 SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of • CONTRACTOR Signature Print Name. [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign, if a partnerslup, each partner must sign, if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 , by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] City of Pearland Page 00800-B-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I(We) am(are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we) have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. • CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of , 20. City of Pearland 03/02 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires• Page 00800-B-5 I , asigrassmamersonsaiiiiimar- CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authonty granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of , 20 City of Pearland 03/02 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: Page 00800-B-6 f - CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 5159-a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the following to be the general prevailing rates ion the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater the 5 feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc...) CITY OF PEARLAND 03/02 00811-1 GENERAL DECISION TX990082 03/12/99 TX82 General Decision Number TX990082 S uperseded General Decision No. TX980082 S tate: TEXAS Construction Type. HEAVY • County(ies) : BRAZORIA HARRIS WALLER FORT BEND MATAGORDA WHARTON GALVESTON MONTGOMERY FLOOD CONTROL AND WATER AND SEWER LINES, including: Breakwaters, Channels, Channel Cut-offs, Dikes, Drainage•Projects, Flood Control Projects, Irrigation Projects, Jetties, Land Drainage (not incidental to other construction), Land Leveling (not incidental to other construction), Land Reclamation, Levees, Pipelines, Ponds, Pumping Stations (prefabricated drop - in not building), Revetments, Sewage Collection and Disposal Lines, Sewers (Sanitary, Storm, etc ), Shoreline Maintenance Water Mains and Water Supply Lines (not incidental to building). Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/12/1999 COUNTY(ies): BRAZORIA HARRIS WALLER FORT BEND MATAGORDA WHARTON GALVESTON MONTGOMERY SUTX2045A 03/26/1998 Rates ASPHALT RAKER 8.28 ASPHALT SHOVELER 7.45' BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER 11.11 CARPENTER 10.35 CONCkETE FINISHER -PAVING 9.B7 CONCRETE FINISHER -STRUCTURES 9.86 CONCRETE RUBBER 9.00 ELECTRICIAN 16.15 FLAGG E R 6.66 L/ViL✓CJi1 \.JL L•0%.1Vl%Laul 7 JU FORM LINER -PAVING & CURB 9.03 FORSETTER (PAVING/CURB) 8.86 FORM SETTER -STRUCTURES 9.05 LABORER -COMMON 7.45 LABORER -UTILITY 8.53 LINEPERSON 7.50 MANHOLE BUILDER (Brick) 8.49 MECHANIC 11 38 OILER 9.56 SERVICER 9.51 PAINTER -STRUCTURES 14.00 PILEDRIVER 10.96 PIPE LAYER 8.49 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR 9.47 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 10.05 BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 8.01 BULLDOZER 9.91 CONCRETE CURING MACHINE 8.80 CONCRETE FINISHING MACHINE 11.79 Fringes I or3 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS r • CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work to be performed under this contract shall consist of furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment to accomplish fulfillment of the contract in strict accordance with the contract documents The work shall be complete, and all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the contract documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the work in good faith shall be provided by the Contractor as though originally so indicated, at no increase in cost to the Owner. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The work must be completed within 60 calendar days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. B Description of the Work. The work is generally described as follows: 1. Installation of a 12 inch PVC water main in Oiler Drive. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. Alternate bids quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option. Volunteer Alternates, any Alternate not specified in this Section, will not be considered. Accepted Alternates will be identified in the Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor. D. Bids will be evaluated on base bid price plus selected Alternate. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Submit preconstruction (and post construction) photographs in accordance with Section 01380 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. Coordination of the Work: Refer to Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings, and Section 01300 - Submittals (Construction Schedule). City of Pearland 03/02 4 01100-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 01100-2 03/02 • CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. 1.02 AUTHORITY A. Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the Specification section shall govern. B. Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. C. Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in the General Conditions. B. If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in the Bid Form, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted, except as otherwise stated in the General Conditions or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. B. Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. 01200-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. Stipulated Price Measurement. By unit designated in the agreement. Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT F. A. Payment Includes: Full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; and erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. • B. Total compensation for required Unit Price Work shall be included in Unit Price bid in Bid schedule. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but not specifically covered in the list of unit prices contained in Bid Schedule, will not be accepted. C. Progress payments will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. D. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the,Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A. Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. r B. If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer, if the modified work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. C. Specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific fou n.ula or percentage price reduction. City of Pearland 01200-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT D. The authority of Engineer to assess the nonconforming work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION -Not Used END OF SECTION 4 01200-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES SECTION 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change. in Contract Pnce and Contract Time; 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, work change directive, stipulated price change order, unit price change order, time and materials change order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor submittals. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A. Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of changes in the Work. Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Contractor shall document each proposal for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the proposal. C. Proposals shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Quantities of items in the original Bid Schedule with additions reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 01290-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 2. When Work items were not included in the Bid Schedule, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D. For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions. 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F. For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All changes will be in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. City of Pearland 03/02 01290-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions by issuing supplemental instructions. C. Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents or other information Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this section. 1.06 PROPOSALS AND CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS A. The Engineer may issue a - Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement descnbing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. •Engineer may. issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion m a Change Order. The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. A stipulated price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Where Unit.Pnces for the affected items of Work are included in the Bid Schedule, the unit price Change Order will be based on umt prices as ongmally bid, subject to provisions of the General Conditions. City of Pearland 03/02 01290-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CH LNGE ORDER PROCEDURES B. Where unit prices of Work are not pre -determined in the Bid Schedule, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal will specify the unit prices to be used. 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in the General Conditions. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in the General Conditions. C. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in paragraph 1.04, Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time. D. Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A. Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for signatures of parties as described in the General Conditions. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Pnce. B. For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C. Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D. Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01720 Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used City of Pearland 03/02 01290-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES • 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 01290-5 CITY OF PEARLAND SCHEDULE OF VALUES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01301 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. General 1. This Section outlines the process whereby the Schedule of Values (lump sum price breakdown) shall be developed and incorporated into the cost loading function of the CPM Schedule as specified in Section 01311. Monthly progress payment amounts shall be determined from the monthly progress updates of the CPM schedule activities. 2. The Schedule of Values shall be developed independent but simultaneous with the development of the CPM schedule activities and logic as follows: B.- Preliminary Schedule of Values: 1. The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Schedule of Values for the major components of the Work at the Preconstruction Conference in accordance with Section 01010. The listing shall include, at a minimum, the proposed value for the following major Work components in each lump sum bid item. 2. The Contractor and Engineer shall meet and jointly review the preliminary Schedule of Values and make any adjustments in the value allocations if, in the opinion of the Engineer, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for the major Work components Front end loading will not be permitted. The Engineer may require reallocation of major work components from items in the above listing if in the opinion of the Engineer such reallocation is necessary This review and any necessary revisions shall be completed within 15, days from the date of Notice to Proceed.. Detailed Schedule of Values: 1. The Contractor shall prepare andsubmit a detailed Schedule of Values to the Engineer witdate of Notice to Proceed. Thedet filed Schedule within 30 days of the of Values shall be based on the accepted preliminary Schedule of Values for major Work components. Because the ultimate requirement is to develop a detailed Schedule of Values sufficient to determine appropriate monthly progress payment amounts through cost loading of the CPM schedule activities, sufficient detailed breakdown shall be provided to meet this requirement. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of acceptable numbers, details •and description of values established. If in the opinion of t'he Engineer, a greater number of Schedule of Values items than proposed by the Contractor is necessary, the Contractor shall add the additional items so identified by the Engineer. 01301-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SCHEDULE OF VALUES 2. The Contractor and Engineer shall meet and jointly review the detailed Schedule of Values within 35 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. The value allocations and extent of detail shall be reviewed to determine any necessary adjustment to the values and to determine if sufficient detail has been proposed to provide cost loading of the CPM Schedule activities. Any adjustments deemed necessary to the value allocation or level of detail shall be made by the Contractor and a revised detailed Schedule of Values shall be submitted within 40 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. 3. Following acceptance of the detailed Schedule of Values, the Contractor shall incorporate the values into the cost loading portion of the CPM Schedule. The CPM activities and logic shall have been developed concurrently with the development of the Schedule of Values; however, it shall be necessary to adjust the detailed Schedule of Values to correlate to individual Schedule activities. It is anticipated that instances occur, due to the independent but simultaneous development of the Schedule and the CPM Schedule activities, where interfacing these two documents will require changes to each document. Schedule activities may need to be added to accommodate the detail of the CPM Schedule activities. Where such instances arise, the Contractor shall propose changes to the Schedule of Values and to the Schedule activities to satisfy the CPM Schedule cost loading requirements. D. Cross Reference Listing: 1. To assist in the correlation of the Schedule of Values and the CPM Schedule, Contractor shall provide a cross reference listing which shall be furnished in two parts. The first part shall list each scheduled activity with the breakdown of the respective valued items making up the total cost of the activity. The second part shall hst the valued item with the respective scheduled activity or activities that make up the total cost indicated. In the case where a number of Schedule items make up the total cost for a valued item (shown in the Schedule of Values) the total cost for each scheduled item should be indicated. 2. These listings shall be updated and submitted in conjunction with the CPM monthly submittals as stated in Specification Section 01311. 3. Approved change orders reflected in the CPM Schedule shall be incorporated in the Schedule of Values as a single unit identified by the change order number. E Changes to Schedule of Values• 1. Changes to the CPM Schedule which add activities not included in the original schedule but included m the original Work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as approved by the Engineer. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as approved by the Engineer. 2. In the event that the Contractor and Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original Schedule of Values because of inequities discovered in the onginal City of Pearland 03/02 01301-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SCHEDULE OF VALUES accepted detailed Schedule of Values, increases and equal decreases to values for activities shall be made. F. Liquidated Damages: 1. The Schedule of Values mfonnation is an integral part of the scheduling and reporting under Section 01311 and the progress payment information. As such, it is critical information to evaluating the project's progress and the proper planning of the Owner's and Engineer's work effort as well as their financial obligations associated with this project. Accordingly, if any submittal required by this Section is found to be incomplete or is submitted later than required, the Owner will suffer financial loss and, accordingly, liquidated damages will be assessed against the Contractor in accordance with Article 3 of the Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS- NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01301-3 i• CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS • SECTION 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes general coordination including preconstruction conference, site mobilization conference, and progress meetings. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A. The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in the General Conditions and as identified by name at the preconstruction conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Specifications sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C. Coordinate access to site for correction of nonconforming Work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Engineer will schedule a preconstruction conference. B. Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the City of Pearland 03/02 01310-1 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Consultant. 3. Review of insurance 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for schedule of values, and construction schedule 5. Procedures and processing of shop drawings and other submittals, substitutions, pay estimates or applications for payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract closeout 6. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors 7. Review of Subcontractors 8. Appropriate agenda items listed for Site Mobilization Conference, paragraph 1.06 C, when preconstruction conference and site mobilization conference are combined 9. Procedures for testing 10. Procedures for maintaining record documents 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. When required by the Contract Documents, Engineer will schedule a conference at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B. Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Project meetings shall be held at Project field office or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C. Engineer or his representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D. Engineer or his representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. City of Pearland 03/02 01310-2 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings 2. Review of Work progress schedule submittal, and pay estimates, payroll and compliance submittals 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals 6. Review of Request for Information and Request for Proposal status 7. Change order status 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules 9 Maintenance of progress schedule 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period 12. Coordination of projected progress 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards 14. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination 15. Other items relating to Work 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01310-3 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SCHEDULING AND REPORTING 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01311 SCHEDULING AND REPORTING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General: The scheduling of the Work under the Contract shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The development of the schedule the cost loading of the schedule, monthly payment requisitions and project status reporting requirements of the Contract shall employ a Time Bar Chart as acceptable to Engineer. Where submittals are required hereunder, the Contractor shall submit four copies of each submittal item. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall have in-house capability qualified to use CPM technique or Contractor shall employ a CPM consultant so qualified. 1.03 INITIAL SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit two short-term schedule documents at the Preconstruction Conference, which shall serve as the Contractor's Plan of Operation for the initial 60-day period of the Contract Time and to identify the manner in which the Contractor intends to complete all work within the Contract Time. The Contractor shall submit (1) a 60 day Plan of Operation bar chart, and (2) a project overview bar chart type plan for all work as indicated below: 1. 60 Day Plan of Operation: During the initial 60 days of the contract time, the Contractor shall conduct Contract operations in accordance with the 60 day bar chart Plan of Operation. The bar chart so prepared and submitted shall show the accomplishment of the Contractor's early activities (mobilization, permits, and submittals necessary for early material and equipment procurement, submittals necessary for long lead .equipment procurement, CPM submittals, initial site work and other submittals and activities required in the first 60 days). 2. Project Overview Bar Chart The overview bar chart shall indicate the major components of the project work and the sequence relations between major components and subdivisions -of major components. The overview bar chart shall indicate the relationships and time frames in which the various components of the Work will be made substantially complete and placed into service in order to meet the project milestones. Sufficient detail shall be included for the identification of subdivision of major components into such activities as (1) shop drawing submittals, (2) connection to existing water main, (3) connection to City of Pearland 03/02 01311-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SCHEDULING AND REPORTING water treatment plant, (4) trenchless installations, (5) permit acquisitions, and (6) railroad crossings. Planned durations and start dates shall be indicated for each work item subdivision. Each major component and subdivision component shall be accurately plotted on time scale sheets not to exceed 36 inches by 60 inches m size. Not more than four sheets shall be employed to represent this overview information. 3. The Engineer and the Contractor shall meet to discuss the 60-day plan of operations and project overview bar chart within 5 days after they have been submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer's review and comment on the schedule shall be limited to Contract conformance (with the sequencing and milestone requirements as stated in Section 01010 "Summary of Work"). The Contractor shall make corrections to the schedules necessary to comply with the Contract requirements and shall adjust the schedules to incorporate any missing information as requested by the Engineer. 1.04 CHANGE ORDERS A. Upon approval of a change order, or upon receipt by the Contractor of authorization to proceed with additional work, the change shall be reflected in the next submittal of the CPM schedule by the Contractor. The Contractor shall utilize a sub -network in the schedule depicting the changed work and its effect on other activities. This sub -network shall be tied to the main network with the appropnate logic so that a true analysis of the ( Critical Path can be made. 1.05 SCHEDULE REPORTS (FORMAT) A. Schedule reports shall be prepared based on the Construction Schedule, and shall include the following minimum data for each activity 1. Activity Numbers and Responsibility Codes. 2. Work Order Number. 3. CIP Number. 4. Estimated Activity Duration. 5. Activity Description. 6. Activity's Percent Completion. 7. Early Start Date (Calendar Dated). 8. Early Finish Date (Calendar Dated). 9. Late Start Date (Calendar Dated). 10. Late Finish Date (Calendar Dated). 11. Status (Whether Critical). 12. Total Float for Each Activity. 13. Free Float for Each Activity. 14. Cost Value for Each Activity. City of Pearland 01311-2 03/02 • • SCHEDULING AND REPORTING B. Project Information: Each Schedule Report shall be prefaced with the following summary data: 1. Project Name. 2. Contractor. 3. Type of Tabulation. 4. Project Duration. 5. Contract Completion Date (revised to reflect time extensions). 6. The Commencement Date Stated in the Notice to Proceed. 7. The Data Date and Plot Date of the Network Diagram. 8. If an Update, Cite the New Schedule Completion Date. 1.06 PROJECT STATUS REPORTING A. In addition to the submittal requirements for the CPM scheduling identified in this Section, the Contractor shall provide monthly project status reports (Overview Bar Chart and a written narrative report) to be submitted in conjunction with the Revised CPM Schedules as specified in Paragraph 1.4. Status reporting shall be in the form specified below. B. Bar Chart and Major Components: 1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit monthly an Overview Bar Chart schedule of the major project components. The overview bar chart schedule shall be a summary of the current CPM schedule (original and as updated and adjusted throughout the entire construction period). It shall be limited to not more than four sheets which shall not exceed 36 inches by 60 inches. The major project components shall be represented as time bars, which shall be subdivided into various types of work. Major components shall include each new structure by area designation, site work, modifications to existing structures, tie-ins to existing facilities and start-up. 2. Each major component and subdivision shall be accurately time scale plotted consistent with the project overview bar chart specified above. It shall represent the same status indicated by early start and finish activity information contained in the latest update of the CPM schedule. In addition, a percent completion shall be indicated for each major component and subdivision. The initial submittal of the overview bar chart schedule shall be made at the time that the revised original CPM schedule is submitted to the Engineer (65 days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed). The Contractor Engineer shall amend the The Contractor hall verview schedule to include any detail required by include any additional information requested by the Engineer at any time during the construction of the Work. C. The Contractor shall prepare monthly written narrative reports of the status of the project for submission to the Engineer.. Written status reports shall include: City of Pearland 03/02 01311-3 SCHEDULING AND REPORTING 1 The status of major project components (percent complete, amount of time ahead or behind schedule) and an explanation of how the project will be brought back, - on schedule if delays have occurred. 2. The progress made on critical activities indicated on the CPM schedule. 3. Explanations for any lack of work on critical path activities planned to be performed during the last month 4. Explanations for any schedule changes, including changes to the logic or to activity durations. 5• A list of the critical. activities scheduled to be performed in the next two -month period. 6. The status of major material and equipment procurement. 7. The value of materials and equipment properly stored at the site, but not yet incorporated into the work -in -place. 8. Any delays encountered during the reporting period. An assessment of inclement weather delays and impacts to the progress of the Work. D The Contractor may include any other information pertinent to the status of the project. The Contractor shall include additional status information requested by the Engineer. 1.07 INCLEMENT WEATHER PROVISIONS OF THE SCHEDULE A. . The Contractor's construction schedule shall include at least 60 lost days on the CPM schedule s critical path due to inclement weather. Inclement weather delays willbe determined as specified in Section 00800 "Supplementary General Conditions." 1.08 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. If any submittal required by this Section is determined by the Engineer to be incomplete or is submitted later than required, the Owner will suffer financial loss and, accordingly, liquidated damages will be assessed against the Contractor in accordance with Article 3 of the Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01311-4 SUBMITTALS • SECTION 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule submittals well in advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after submittal is approved. 2. Develop a submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a submittal schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Drawings, Specifications and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Drawings and Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in the following paragraphs or in the Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. City of Pearland 03/02 01350-1 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in periodic progress payments until approval has been obtained in the specified manner B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Resubmittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (Le. 2A for first resubmittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third resubmittal of Submittal 15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see paragraph 1.10 Video. C. Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in the Bid Schedule for which the Contractor requests to receive progress payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable lump sum amount in the Bid Schedule. D. For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, mobilization, bonds, and insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. C. City of Pearland 03/02 01350-2 SUBMITTALS E. For lump sum equipment items where submittal of operations and maintenance data and testing are required, include a separate item for equipment operation and maintenance data submittal valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount and a separate item for testing and adjusting valued at 5 percent of the lump sum amount. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by Contract Modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at minimum , a bar chart, either computer generated, or prepared manually and a narrative report. During the Pre -construction Meeting, as noted in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the submittal will be provided within 7 days of the submittal of the sample. C. Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 1'4 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shallsubmit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the schedule. 4. For projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the schedule. 5. For projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed. 6. For projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. City of Pearland 03/02 01350-3 SUt31V11'1"I LS 7. A tabulation of the estimated monthly billings for the work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first schedule submittal. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require resubmittal of the schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Document 00700 - General Condition. The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Schedule and billing estimate prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. The narrative Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Schedule; any other changes made to the Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for review as required by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1 02C, shall be placed on each drawing. 3. The drawings shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such b. Arrangement and section views c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts City of Pearland 03/02 01350-4 filJ. 1 Ill ' 1 L111W111 V SUBMITTALS d. Kinds of materials and finishes e. Parts list and descriptions f. Assembly drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to drawing sheet and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Contract Drawings. 4. Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. B. Product Data 1. Submit product data for review as required in Specification sections. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Specifications. For products specified only by reference standard, give manufacturers, trade name, model or catalog designation and applicable reference standard. 5. For products proposed as alternates to "approved" products, as described in Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions provide all information required to demonstrate the proposed products meet the level of quality and performance criteria of the "approved product". C. Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in Specifications; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each document. C. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. City of Pearland 03/02 01350-5 SUBMITTALS 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B. Contractor's Certification, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of the certificate. C. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. When required by Section 01010, submit photographs. in accordance with Section 01380. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01720.- Project Record Documents 4 1.10 VIDEO A. Submit television video tapes as required in Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for. Sanitary Sewers. A. Transmittal forms for video tapes shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A. When specified in Specifications, submit design mixes for review. B Contractor's Certification as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C. Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D. Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. City of Peariand 03/02 01350-6 do v v al it as a as ._u.+ 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 4 01350-7 CITY OF PEARLANU REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes general quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in the General Conditions. C. Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957E Street N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AI City of Pearland 03/02 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 01420-1 1.1 1 1 V17 rnf1111.111 VI! REFERENCE STANDARDS AITC AISC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 APA API American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM AWPA American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 American Wood -Preservers' Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 City of Pearland 03/02 01420-2 REFERENCE STANDARDS AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps. Of Engineers CRSI EJMA FS ICEA. IEEE Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S.W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P. O. Box 986 Katy , TX 77450 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 City of Pearland 03/02 • 01420-3 REFERENCE STANDARDS NFPA National. Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Dept (went of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA PCI SDI Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TNRCC Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 1 lth and Brazos Austin, TX 78701 2483 UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 Dallas, TX 75234 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed City of Pearland 03/02 01420-4 C.1 ( r Ut ?J ArtLAI vD REFERENCE STANDARDS 11. 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01420-5 1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the City. Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum requirements or the Work e higher exceptpwhen n more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements g r more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Obtain copies of standards and maintain at job site when required by individual Specification sections. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual Specification sections, provide material or conditions product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Specification sections. City of Pearland 03/02 01430-1 WIT (JP YGAKLAIYjj CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Engineer's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Engineer 15 days in advance of required representative's services. The representative• shall be subject to approval of Engineer. C. Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within 14 days of observation to Engineer for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 01430-2 CITY OF PEARLAND INSPECTION SERVICES SECTION 01440 INSPECTION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inspection services and references 1.02 INSPECTION h' A. Ci Engineer will appoint an Inspector as a representative of thifiet on Seonse City otiper perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual p g B. Alternately, City Engineer may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to City Eng eier, Architect/Engineer, indicatincompliance and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests andor non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Contra ctor shall assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify City Engineer 24 hours prior to expectedetime mewhfor no operations teations requiring services. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent F. Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Inspector. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01440-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES SECTION 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing Laboratory. Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 3740 '- Practice for Evaluation of' Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction B. ASTM E 329 Recommended Practice for Inspection an Construction. sting Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Cons 1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Specification sections. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.04 LABORATORY REPORTS A. The Engineer will. receive 1 copy City Engineer will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of laboratory reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at site fieldofficefttedduration diately via faxest results from the which indicate non-conformance shall be testing laboratory to the Contractor and City Engineer. 1.05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke,alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. City of Pearland 03/02 01450-1 Gl I Y VI- t'tHKL I,vu TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Notify City Engineer, and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect/Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Architect/Engineer. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on site. C. Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D. Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested• to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F. Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A. Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, plus other test standards specified in individual Specification sections. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01450-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS eor • 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the project including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures, protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debns, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for the Project. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of the Specifications. 1. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. 2. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. 4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Obtaining Temporary Service 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is substantially complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B. Water 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. City of Pearland 03/02 01500-1 C:l J T Ul{' YEAKLANIJ TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established byt latest ordinance will be required. Install backflow preventor on fire hydran supply. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C. Electricity and Lighting. 1. Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations .during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot-candles for stairs and shops. D Temporary Heat and Ventilation 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone 1. Provide emergency. telephone service at the Contractor's field office, or by mobile telephone, for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at the site. F. Sanitary Facilities 1. To provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the job site, comply with the regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the job site. Such facilities shall be enclosed Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. 3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.04 FIELD OFFICE A. Provision of a field office is not required unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. If the Contractor chooses to provide one, locate it in a place approved by the Engineer. City of Pearland 03/02 01500-2 CITY OF PEARLANJ) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS toN 1.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. B. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off the ground. C. Storematerialsin a neat and orderly manner. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Submit and follow a safety program in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, Paragraph 10.1. Include in the safety program documented response to trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. B. Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved to the Project. C. Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor as occupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D. Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer s representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the job site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within 10 days of occurrence. Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of hquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidences of contamination, immediate take appropnate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. City of Pearland 03/02 01500-3 L .L 1 1 V1' 1 1if11Wl11 YL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the specifications and shown on thr Drawings are obligations of the Contractor. G. Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.07 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A. Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B. Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the site whenever Work is in progress. 1.08 FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection Standards 1. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No.241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance 11 with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporar buildmg, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point in the Project area. B Fire Prevention and Safety Measures 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas which are continuously or intermittently hazardous. 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. 4. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.09 SECURITY MEASURES A. Protect all Work materials, equipment, and property from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. City of Pearland 03/02 01500-4 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS IMMIM 1.10 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A. Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Drawings at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.11 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A. Preventive Actions 1. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. 2. Take action to prevent damage, mjury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Project site safe and orderly. e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain wntten consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B. Barricades and Warning Signals 1. Where Work is performed on or adjacentfencesasli lighy ts,way, warning s�gns,aandrpublic danger place, furnish and erect barricades, g signals; provide watchmen; anana k e other precautionary Work. Conform to Section protection of persons or property protection of the 01555. - Traffic Control and Regulation. c. 01500-5 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C. Tree and Plant Protection. Conform to requirements of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. D. Protection of Existing Structures 1. Underground Structures: a. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. b. Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Drawings in accordance with the best information available but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making "Locate" calls. c. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Document 00700 - General Conditions. 2. Surface Structures: a. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures: a. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. b. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose; City of Pearland 03/02 01500-6 CITY OF JJAKLANIJ TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract c. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of 5 working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operation reach and. uncover the utility. d. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. E Protection of Installed Products. 1. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.12 ROADS AND PARKING A. Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B. Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking Locate as approved by Engineer. C. Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and driveways. D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B. Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, City of Pearland 03/02 01500-7 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. C. Recognize and adhere to the. environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Particularly avoid pollution of 'on -site" streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. D. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.14 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers. D. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. 1. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. 2. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. 1.15 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. B. Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the site or on adjoining properties. 1.16 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA standards and City Ordinances and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. City of Pearland 03/02 01500-8 CITY OF PEARLAVD TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. 1.17 DUST CONTROL A. Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. 1.18 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A. Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the site, or adjoining properties. B. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations,pits, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses so as to prevent any erosion, sedimentation or damage. C. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. D. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site onto adjoining areas_ and in conformance with environmental requirements. E Retain existing drainage patterns external to the construction site by constructing temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and temporary ground cover as needed to control conditions. F. Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Keep to a minimum the area of bare soil exposed at one time. 2. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and drains. Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays which will erode. H. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. City of Pearland 03/02 01500-9 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 01500-10 C;l 1 Y OF- 1-1b/ HLHNU MOBILIZATION SECTION 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the site. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for mobilization is on a lump sum basis. B. Mobilization payments will be included in monthly payment estimates upon written application by Contractor subject to the following provisions: 1. Authorization for payment of 50 percent of the contract price for mobilization will be made upon receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: a Schedule of values, if required by Section 01100 b. Trench safety program c. Construction schedule d. Pre -construction Photographs, if required by Section 01100 2. Authorization for payment of the remaining 50percent of the Contract Price for mobilization will be made upon completion of Work amounting to 5 percent of the Contract Price less the mobilization unit price. C. Mobilization payments will be subject to retainage amounts stipulated in the General Conditions. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION • City of Pearland 03/02 01505-1 L,i i Y ur rCHrcuvIvu SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE s 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01551 SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Highway Limitations: The Contractor shall make its own investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the Work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to construct and maintain any haul roads required for its construction operations. B. Temporary Crossings: 1. General: Continuous unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided to fire hydrants, commercial, and industrial establishments, churches, schools, parking lots, service stations, motels, fire and police stations, hospitals, and railroad crossings. Safe and adequate public transportation stops and pedestrian crossings at intervals not exceeding 300 feet shall be provided. The Contractor shall cooperate with parties involved in the delivery of mail and removal of trash and garbage so as to maintain existing schedules for such services. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. 2. Temporary Bridges: Wherever necessary, the Contractor shall provide suitable temporary bridge or steel plates over unfilled excavations, except in such cases as the Contractor shall secure the written consent of the individuals or authorities concerned to omit such temporary bridges or steel plates, which written consent shall be delivered to the Engineer pnor to excavation. All such bridges or steel plates shall be maintained in service until access is provided across the backfilled excavation. Temporary bridges or steel plates for street and highway crossing shall conform to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction in each case, and the Contractor shall adopt designs furnished by said authority for such bridges or steel plates, or shall submit designs to said authority for approval, as may be required. 3. Street Use: Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street, alleyway, or parking area during the performance of the Work hereunder, and the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, alleyways, or parking areas. No street shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission of the Engineer and proper governmental authority. Where excavation is being performed in primary streets or highways, one lane in each direction shall be kept City of Pearland 03/02 01551-1 SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE 5. Temporary Street Closure* If closure of any street is required during construction, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the Texas Department of Transportation, City of Pearland, and Brazoria County and any other jurisdictional agency at least 30 days in advance of the required closure A Detour and Traffic Control Plan shall accompany the application. 6. Temporary Driveway Closure or Mailbox Relocation: The Contractor shall notify the owner or occupant (if not owner -occupied) of the closure of driveways to be closed more than one 8 hour work day at least 3 working days prior to the closure The Contractor shall minimize the inconvenience and minimize the time period that the driveways will be closed. The Contractor shall notify the USA City of Pearland 03/02 open to traffic at all times unless otherwise indicated Toe boards shall be provided to retain excavated material if required by the Engineer or the agency" - having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to Work shall be kept accessible to fire -fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to assure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets, and other drainage facilities. 4. Traffic Control: a. For the protection of traffic in public or private streets and ways, the Contractor shall provide, place, and maintain all necessary barricades, traffic cones, warning signs, lights, and other safety devices in accordance with the requirements of the "Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Part VI - Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction and Maintenance Operations," published by U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (ANSI D6.1). b. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the protection of the Work and the safety of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated at night and all lights shall be kept burning from sunset until sunrise. The Contractor shall station such guards or flaggers and shall conform to such special safety regulations relating to traffic control as may be required by the public authorities within the respective jurisdictions. All signs, signals, and barricades shall conform to the requirements of Subpart G, Part 1926, of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Standards for Construction. c. The Contractor shall submit 3 copies of a traffic control plan to tilt. Engineer for approval a minimum of two weeks prior to construction following the guidelines in Section 01570 - "Traffic Control Plan." The Engineer reserves theright to observe these traffic control plans in use and to make any changes as field conditions warrant. Any changes shall supercede these plans and shall be done solely at the Contractor's expense. d. The Contractor shall remove traffic control devices when no longer needed, repair all damage caused by installation of these devices, and shall remove post settings and backfill the resulting holes to match grade. 01551-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE Postal Service and the owner of the mailboxes to be relocated at least 3 working days prior to the work in the surrounding areas of the mailboxes. The Contractor shall fully explain to the owner/occupant how long the work will take and when the closure is to start. C. Contractor's Work and Storage Area: 1. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off -site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work. 2. Lands to be furnished by the Owner for construction operation and other purposes are indicated. Should the Contractor find it necessary to use any additional land for its operations or for other purposes during the construction of the Work, it shall provide for the use of such lands at its own expense. 3. The Contractor shall construct and use a separate storage area for hazardous materials used in constructing the Work. a. For the purpose of this paragraph, hazardous materials to be stored in the separate area are all products labeled with any of the following terms: Warning, Caution, Poisonous, Toxic, Flammable, Corrosive, Reactive, or Explosive. In addition, whether or not so labeled, the following materials shall be stored in the separate area: diesel fuel, gasoline, new and used motor oil, hydraulic fluid, cement, paints and paint thinners, two-part epoxy coatings, sealants, asphaltic products, glues, solvents, wood preservatives, sand blast materials, and spill absorbent. Hazardous materials shall be stored in groupings according to the Material Safety Data Sheets. c. The Contractor shall develop and submit to the Engineer a plan for storing and disposing of the materials listed above. d.. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Engineer a single EPA number for wastes generated at the site. e. The separate storage area shall meet all the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction over the storage of hazardous materials. Such authority is the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC). f. All hazardous materials which are delivered in containers shall be stored in the original containers until use. Hazardous materials which are delivered in bulk shall be stored in containers which meet the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Parking• 1. The Contractor shall: a. When space on the site is not available, the Contractor shall make one additional space available for the Owner's use. b. Traffic and parking areas shall be maintained in a sound condition, free of excavated material, construction equipment, mud, and construction City of Pearland 03/02 01551-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE materials. The Contractor shall repair breaks, potholes, low areas which/Ai collect standing water, and other deficiencies. ' PART2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART3-EXECUTION(NotUsed) END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01551-4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION SECTION 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bndging of trenches and excavations. B. Requirement for and qualifications of flaggers. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. A traffic control plan responsive to the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Drawings. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a traffic control plan in conformance with the TMUTCD for approval of the Engineer. B. For both the traffic control plan and flaggers use, submit schedules of values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. Refer to Section 01350 - Submittals. C. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.03 UNIT PRICES basis for c control A. Traffic Control and Regulation. submittalMeasurement is on a lumof a traffic controlplansum different froml and regulation,the plan . including shown on the Drawings, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B. Flaggers. Measurement is on a lump sum basis for flaggers as required for the Project. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for flaggers. City of Pearland 03/02 01555-1 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A. Unless otherwise specified, use only flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed peace officers. B. Flaggers are required at the following locations 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. C. The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable! Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A. Comply with Texas State Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. B. Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A. Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. City of Pearland 03/02 01555-2 CUT Ur FJAKLAIVL TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B. Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the traffic control. plan. C. Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7'00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D. Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. F. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G. 'Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.03 FLARES AND LIGHTS A. Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.04 HAUL ROUTES A. Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on the Drawings for construction traffic. B. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with pubhc traffic. 3.05 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A. Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B. Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. City of Pearland 03/02 01555-3 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 3.06 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A. Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow or traffic. B. Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed. 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C. Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D. Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F. Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that al produces maximum stress.( 3.07 REMOVAL A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. B. Repair damage caused by installation. C. Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 01555-4 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE 01% SECTION 01560 FILTER FABRIC FENCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction and until final development of the site. The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. Filter fabric fences may be reinforced. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric fence between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. Filter fabric fence, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. C. Filter fabric barrier, if specified, will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric barrier between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts. Filter fabric barrier, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. D. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B. Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. City of Pearland 03/02 01560-1 '_'I 1 I V/ I a_.- 11 ' u-11 .✓ FILTER FABRIC FENCE 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength. exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D. Representative Manufacturer Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A. Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. 3.0 EXECUTION • 3.01. PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabihzation is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard removed materials off site. D. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplam Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be( City of Pearland 03/02 01560-2 CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. E Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inc hes. If filter fabric ifactorpreassembled s Install wooden stakes atta support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet slight angle toward the source of' anticipated runoff. er as shown C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fencewith a spade or mechanical of the trench Backfillhand compact the on the Drawings. Lay filter fabnc alongedges trench. D. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F. Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. G. Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. 01560-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND 03/02 FIL TER FABRIC FENCE H. Provide filter fabric barriers in accordance with the Drawing detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a mariner tha surface runoff will percolate through the system m sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. I. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Drawings. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. J. Securely fasten the filter fabric material to the woven wire with tie wires. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. L. Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 01560-4 C!TY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL oisio 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for waste material disposal under this Section. Include payment in unit pace for related sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. C. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with description of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. Excavated material: When indicated on Drawings, load haul and deposit excavated material at a location or locations shown on Drawings outside the limits of Project. B. Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, bituminous, or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C, Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. City of Pearland 03/02 01562-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Specification Sections. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. 3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of. B. Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project when written permission is obtained from property owner. See Paragraph 1.03 C above. C. Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. D Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01562-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tree and plant protection. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations. B. Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or gywiresntr and machine othimr pacts. 4.. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, p ious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.03 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A. When trees other than those designated for removal are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Tree larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree the same species ined from the and ety following and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount de t International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x DZ x $10.00 where D is diameter m inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. 01563-1 City of Pearland 02/02 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLAN T PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. B. Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C. Fertilizer Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Except for trees and shrubs shown on Drawings to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the project area are to remain and be protected from damage. B. For trees to be removed, as designated on the Drawings, perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 niche; whichis to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of mtent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C. For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. City of Pearland 02/02 01563-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once every 7 days in cold months and once every 4 days in hotter months. b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission, trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protection of Trees or Shrubs in Open Area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence •posts . in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. Mount steel hog -wire on fence posts. 4. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, mount concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches in diameter minimum in rubber auto tires filled with concrete (movable posts). B. Timber Wrap Protection for Trees in Close Proximity of Moving or Mechanical Equipment and Construction Work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2 x 4 s or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A. Water trees during dry penods. City of Pearland 02/02 01563-3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION B. The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Project shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four- weeksof notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of' additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 2. When tree must be replaced the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less than one year. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 02/02 4 01563-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER • SECTION 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draimng, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C. Disposing of removed water. 1.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, no separate payment will be made for control of ground water and surface water. Include the cost to control ground water and surface water in price for work requiring such controls. 4 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water -bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations* reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. B. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. C. Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-1 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitonng wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for; observing and recording flow rates. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C. Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these, equipment types. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. • G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER • 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 Submittals. B. Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The Plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Submit a plan to include the following: Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement, . location depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations. 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means. 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C. Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. H. Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I. Provide environmental monitoringwells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-3 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER E 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D. Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations* 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to Paragraph 3.02, Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells. 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. Submit the following records at end of work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Conunission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C. Obtain permit from EPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System ( (NPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 NPDES Permit Requirements. D. Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review of the Engineer through submittals required in Paragraph 1.06, Submittals. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER B. Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an expenenced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure, continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determinethedrawdovvn theGround characteristics of the waterbearing layers. The results shall be presented Water and Surface Water Control Plan (See Paragraph 1.5B.1). B. Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C.. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D. Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E. Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined m the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. G. Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-5 va a s v a a a.14 u.. ,n LTT a.i CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result' in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight o' structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilize& sand until at least 48 hour after placement. Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L. Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A. For aboveground piping in ground. water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control plan are satisfied E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER F. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water eria defined by the plan and by the satisfactory results based on the performance specification. Submit a revised plan according to Paragraph 1.5B. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A. Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's. direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. City of Pearland 03/02 01564-7 IL/1 1 1 V 1 1 lilll ll-If1J V CONTROL OF GROUND WATER & SURFACE WATER 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01564-8 CITY OF PEARLAND • NPDES REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01565 NPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section describes the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, as stated in the Federal Register Vol. 57 No. 175, issued by the Environmental Protection Agency on September 9, 1992. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off -site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in this or other Specifications. C. Contractor shall review implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics ASTM D 4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 01565-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY UP' I'EARLANIJ NPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTICE OF INTENT A. The Contractor shall fill out, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI) attached as Figure 01565-1 at the end of this Section. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the Owner. The Owner will complete the Owner's Notice of Intent attached as Figure 01565-2 and will submit both notices to the EPA. Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. On the Operator's Information form attached as Figure 01565-3, the Contractor shall fill out name,address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B. The Owner will complete and sign the Owner's Certification, shown as Figure 01565-4 and return a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification forms. C. The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Operator's Information form shall read( sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached as Figur 01565-5. D The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form, attached as Figure 01565-6. The Operator's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan at the construction site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date of project completion. B At project closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all NPDES forms and certifications, as well as a.copy of the S WPPP. Storm water pollution prevention records and data will be retained by Owner for a period of 3 years from the date of project completion. City of Pearland 03/02 01565-2 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.04 REQUIRED NOTICES A. The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date of .final site stabilization: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and a brief project description, as given m Paragraph 1.1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the construction site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing. them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before dnving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on site, post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the construction site or at Contractor's office. • City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 01565-3 • • 1 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS NPDES FORM ."E See Reverse for Instructions Form Approved. OMB No. 2040-0066 Approval expires: 641.95 United States Environmental Protection Agency Washington, DC 20460 Notice of Intent (N01) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Industrial Activity Under the NPDES General Permit Submission of this Notice of Intent constitutes notice that the party Identified in Section I of thls form intends to be authorized by a NPDES permit Issued for storm water discharges associated with industrial activity In the State Identified in Section it of this form. Becoming a permittee obligates such discharger to comply with the tams and conditions of the permit. ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED ON THIS FORM. • I. Facility Operator Information Name: ( 1 t JJJJJJJJ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Phone: I 1 i i I I I I Status of ! r Address: r r 11 I 1 I I r r l r 1 I r I r I r l I r r I I 1 I I r I I ON1n8dOp0taGD City: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 i I i I 1' i i I Stale• I 1 I. ZIP Code: I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 11. Facility/Site Location Information • Is the Facility Located on E. Name: r r 1 r r 1 r r r 1 r r r 1 t 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 1 1 1 r 1 i 1 Indian Lands? (Y or N) l 1 Address' I 1 i ,r 1 1 r 1 r 1 1 r 1 1 r r 1 r r 1 1 r 1 r 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 City: I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I State: I I ( ZIP Code: I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I latitude: Li- Longitude: I 1' i 11 Ii 'Quarter. 11 I Section: 11 I Township: I 1 1 1 I Range: It I l I • • Site Activity Information MS4 Operator Name: Receiving Water Body I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I It You we Filing as a I;o pertnittee; 1 , , , I Quantitative DataAre There ExisGn? (Y or N) Enter Storm Water General Permit Number: I r SIC or Designated Activity Code: Is Monitoring Data?? (1.Requir2, «33ubmit E Primary: I 1 1 1 1 2nd: 11 1 1 I 3rd: 11 1 1 I 4th: 11 1 1 1 If This Facility is a Member of a Group , 1 1 Application, Enter Group Application Number. I If You Have Other Existing NPDES I 1 1 ( 1 1 1 1 I ( I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I ( i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i Permits, Enter Permit Numbers. IV. Additional Information Required for Construction Activities Only Project Completion Is the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Start Date: Date In Compliance with State andlor Local Estimated Area to be e 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Sediment and Erosion Plans? (Y or N) I I I 1 I r l Disturbed pit Acres V. Certification: 1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a who responsible for gatheringthe information, the information submitted is, to the best o my knowledge and belief, true, system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the Information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the personas or persons manage, ystem, or .Ithose aware that there re ao possibility of fine Imprisonment for accurate, and complete. I am aware that there am significant penalties for submitting false information, including the puss' • ty knowing violations. Print Name:. 11 1 1 I J 1 1 1 J 1 1 r 1 1 J 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Signature: EPA Form 3510•6 (8-92) City of Pearland 03/02 Date: ( 1 I 1 I I I Printed on Recycled Paper 01565-4 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS • Instructions - EPA Form 3510-6 Notice Of Intent (N01) Far Stone Water Discharges Associated With Industrial Aetivlty To Be Covered Under The NPDES General Permit r. Who Must Flla A Notice Of Intent (N01) Form Federal law at 40 CFR Pan 122 prohibits point source discharges of stone water associated with Industrial activity to a water bodyQes) of the U.S. without a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permll. The operator of an Industrial • activity that has suet( a storm water discharge must submit a NOI to obtain coverage under the NPDES Storm Water General Permit. It you have question about whether you need a permit under the NPDES Store Water program, or if you need Information as to whether a particular theorem is administered by EPA or a state agency, contact the Storm Water Hotline al (703) 821.4823. Where To File NOI Form NOIs must be sent to the following address: • Storm Water Notice of Intent PO Box 1215 Newington, VA 22122 Completing The Form You must type or print, using upper-case letters, in the appropriate areas only. Please place each character between the marks. Abbreviate if necessary to stay within the number of characters allowed for each item. Use one space for breaks between words, but nattier punctuation marks unless they are needed to clarify your response. If you have any questions on Ills form, call the Storm Water Hotline at (703) 821-4823. Section 1 Facility Operator Information Give the, legal name ol'the person, firm, public organization, or any other entity that operates the facility or she described In this application. The name of the operator may or may not be the same as the name of the facility. The responsible parry Is the legal entity that controls the facility's operation, rather than the plant or site manager. Do not use a coudqulal name. Enter the complete address and telephone number of the operator. Enter the appropriate letter to indicate the legal status of the operator of the facility. F - Federal S - State M - Public (other than federal or state) P - Private Section I Facility/Site location information Enter the IedFty'e or she's official or legal name.and complete street address, including city, state, and ZIP code. If the fealty or site lacks a street address, Indicate the stale, the latitude and longitude of the facility to the nearest 15 seconds, or the quarter, section, township, end range (to the nearest quarter section) of the approximate center of the site. Indicate whether the faciity is located on Indian lands. Sectdn 81 She Activity Information if the storm water discharges to a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4), enter the name of the operator ol the MS4 (e.g., municpafdy name, county name) and the receiving water al the discharge from the MS4. (A MS4 Is defined as a conveyance or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains) that is owned or operated by a state, city, town, borough, county, parish, district, assodaton, Of other public body which is designed or used for collecting or conveying storm water.) If the facility discharges stomp water directly to receiving watar(s), enter the name of the receiving water. tl you are firing as a co-perminee and a storm water general permit number has been Issued, enter that number In the space provided. Indicate whether or not the owner or operator of the facility has existing quantitative data that represent the characteristics and concentration of pollutants In storm water discharges. Indicate whether the facility Is required to submit monitoring data by entering one of the following: . 1 - Not required to submit monitoring data: 2 - Required to submit monitoring data; 3 - Not required to submit monitoring data; submitting certification for monitoring exclusion Those facilities that must submit monitoring data (e.g., choice 2) are: Section 313 EPCRA fealties: primary metal industries; land disposal units4ncinerators/8IFs; wood treatment facilities; facilities with coal pile runoff; and, battery redaimers. Us(, In descencng order- of significance, up to four 4-digit standard industrial classification (SIC) codes that best describe the principal products or services provided at the Iadlity or she Identified in Section II of this application. For industrial activities defined In 40 CFR 122 26(b)(14)0)-(4) that do not have SIC codes that accurately describe the principal products produced or services provided, the following 2-character codes are to be used: HZ - Hazardous waste boatmeni storage, or disposal facilities, Including those that are operating under interim status or a permit under subtitle C of RCRA (40 CFR 122.26 (b)(14)(ivl(; LE I. landfills, land application sites, and open dumps (hat receive or have received any Industrial wastes, inducing those that are subject to regulation under subtitle D of RCM (40 CFR 122,26 (b)(14)(v)); SE - Steam electric power generating facilities, Including coal handling sites (40 CFR 122.26 (b)(14)(wi)); TW - Treatment works treating domestic sewage or any other sewage sludge or wastewater treatment device or system, used in the storage, treatment, recycling, and reclamation of municipal or domestic sewage (40 CFR 122.26 (b)(14)fx)); or, CO - Construction activities [40 CFR 122.26 (b)(14)(x)1, - 11 the facility listed in Section II has participated In Part 1 of an approved dome water group application and a group number has been assigned, enter the group application number In the space provided. II there are other NPDES permits presently issued for the facility or site listed In Section 11, list the permit numbers. 11 an appfiicafon for the facility has been submitted but no permit number has been assigned, enter the application number. Section IV Additional Information Required for Construction Activities Only Construction activities must complete Section IV in addition to Sections 1 through III. Only construction activities need to complete Section IV. Enter the project start dale and the estimated completion date for the entire development plan. Provide an estimate of the total number of acres of the site on which soil will be disturbed (round to the nearest acre). Indicate whether the storm water pollution prevention plan for the site is In compliance with approved state and/or bca; sediment and erosion plans, pormhs, or scorn water management plans. Section V Certification • Federal statutes provide for severe penalties for submitting false information on this application form. Federal regulations require this application to be signed as follows: For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer, which means: (i) president, secretary, treasurer, br vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision maidng functions, or (ri) the manager of one or more manufacturing , production, or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), 1 authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures; For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor; or Fora municipality, state, Federal, or other public Malty: by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official Pepery ork Reduction Act Notice Public reporting burden for this application is estimated to average 0.5 hours per application, Inducing time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate, any other aspect of the collodion of infommation, or suggestions for improving this form, Including any suggestions which may increase or reduce this burden to: Chief, Information Policy Branch, PM-223, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460, or Director, Office of information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503. City of Pearland 03/02 01565-5 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS OPERATOR'S INFORMATION Owner's Name and Address: Contractors' Names and Addresses: General Contractor: Telephone: Site Superintendent: Telephone: Erosion Control and Maintenance Inspection: Telephone: Subcontractors' Names and Addresses: Phone: Phone: City of Pearland 03/02 01565-6 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S / SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general N ational Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification. S ignature: N ame: (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: Signature: N ame. (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: S ignature: N ame. (printed or typed) Title: Company: Address: City ofPearland 03/02 • 01565-7 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS EROSION CONTROL CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the .general N ational Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification. S ignature: N ame. (printed or typed) Title: Company Address: Date: 01565-8 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS • CERTIFICATION FOR NPDES PERMITTING I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information. The information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations Signature: Name. (printed or typed) Title: Date: City of Pearland 03/02 City of Pearland • 01565-9 i CITY OF PEARLAND NPDES REQUIREMENTS z aCe zO O w F- Q Z III WU Z Ca aZ Zw O z It ;is J0 O Z aQ � z LLJ a� W • N Ocn F- Contractor: 0- C c�6 0 City of Pearland 03/02 01565-10 C17Y OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SECTION 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of erosion and sediment control and other control -related practices which shall be utilized during construction activities. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. B. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, and waste materials as specified in this or other Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. D. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Drawings and this Specification. E The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices as specified in the Drawings and in this or other Specifications. 01566-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS A. When topsoil is specified as a component of another Specification, the Contractor shal. conduct erosion control practices described in this Specification during topsoil placement operations. 1 When placing topsoil, maintain erosion and sediment control systems, such as swales grade stabilization structures, berms, dikes, silt fences, and sediment basins. 2. Maintain grades which have been previously established on areas to receive topsoil. 3. After the areas to receive topsoil have been brought to grade, and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding of the topsoil to the subsoil. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A. Implement dust control methods to control dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B. Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following methods: 1 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irrigation by water sprinkling. 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. Implement dust control methods immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the project site. 3.04 KEEPING STREETS CLEAN A. Keep streets clean of construction debris and mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment. If necessary to keep the streets clean, install stabilized construction exits at construction, staging, storage and disposal areas. A velucle/equipment wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) may be installed adjacent to the stabilized construction exit, as needed. Release wash water into a drainage swale or inlet protected by erosion and sediment control measures Construction exit and wash areas are specified in Section 01550 - Stabilized Construction Exit. City of Pearland 01566-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION In lieu of or in addition to stabilized construction exits, shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Waterhosmg or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.05 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. Locate such areas so that oils gasoline, grease, solvents, and other potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily. B. On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible take precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles. 3.06 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A. Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the construction site. In plan, designate locations for trash and waste receptacles, and establish a collection schedule.. Methods for ultimate dispo"sal of waste shall be specified and carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. Make special provisions for the collection and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials. Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day. Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.07 WASHING AREAS A. Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Designate special areas for washing vehicles Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. City of Pearland 03/02 01566-3 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.08 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS A. Isolate sites where chemicals, cements, solvents, paints, or other potential water pollutants are stored in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution. B. Store toxic chemicals and materials, such as pesticides, paints, and acids in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines. Protect groundwater resources from leaching by placing a plastic mat, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored. 3.09 DEMOLITION AREAS A. Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other toxic pollutants shall use dust control techniques to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or toxic pollutants shall be retained on the site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide the construction sites with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, and applicable health regulations. 3.11 PESTICIDES A. Use and store pesticides during construction in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines and with local, state, and federal regulations. Avoid overuse of pesticides which could produce contaminated runoff Take great care to prevent accidental spillage. Never wash pesticide containers in or near flowing streams or storm water conveyance systems. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 01566-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PART' GENERAL NI TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM SECTION 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations xcvbons is on analline other 1 ar foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes e structures. No separate measurement will be made of shoring systems used by the Contractor for protection unless identified as Special nsafety Shoring on the Dratem ngs. ehorn, g sy other than Special shoring, will be included in theB. Measurement for Special Shoring system installations shown on fohe t Dr swings and included in the bid schedule for trench excavations, is on a square C. No payment will be made for trench safety systems for structural excavations under this section. Include payment for trench safety system in applicable structure installation sections. D. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in relation idth of a the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the w trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. f the erection The trench safety system requirements apply to larger the excavationlslope and the of structures or other installations limits the space installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. C. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, of water to provide adequate piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion drainage. 01570-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1. Protective Systems: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, frorr'll material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, of from the collapse of an adjacent structure. 2. Shoring System: A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 3. Special Shoring A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Drawings. Have construction and shop drawings for trench safety systems sealed as required by OSHA by a licensed Professional Engineer retained and paid by the Contractor. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance witl the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor reliev Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. A reproduction of the OSHA standards included in "Subpart P - Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on Owner s projects. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). Systems, is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Refer to Texas City of Pearland 03/02 01570-2 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM D. Reference materials, if developed for a specific project, will be issued with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments ents or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design. reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS -Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in ndaccordance cor anc iwith the e Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations fi in the program. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Drawings. C. Obtain verification from a. competent person, as identified n the ufact Contractor's systems trench are excavation safety program, that trench boxes and other premanufactured for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently installed systems retainedand consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. 01570-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CJ11 'Y UP FtAKLAN/J TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01570-4 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. 1.02 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means material equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B. Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C. Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. d For multiple otf component throughouttheprojecte size, �e or application, use the same make 1.03 TRANSPORTATION A. Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C. Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. shipments shall be delivered to the. Contractor. 1.01 DELIVERY A. Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the short term site completion schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. City of Pearland 03/02 01600-1 CITY OF PEARLAND D. Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.03 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A. Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the site and to '', accommodate the following: 1. Work of other contractors or the City. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. City's use of premises. C. Have products delivered to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the job site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the City. B. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the City, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. E. City of Pearland 03/02 01600-2 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B. Make necessary provisions for safe st°rage of materials and equipment. Place into the Work to prevent damage toloose materials, and materials to be incorporatedany part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. C. Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings or approved by the City Engineer. D. Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. E Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. F. Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. G. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. H. Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be neatly, safely, and compactly stacked along the work site in such manner as to cause the least inconvenience and damage to property owners and the general public, and shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. I Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The total length which matenals may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the City Engineer. 2,0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01600-3 City of Pearland 03/02 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Options for making product or process selections B. Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including preapproved, and approved products or processes 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Product: Means materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Project. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B. Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section,. the word Product includes Processes. 1.03 SELECTION OPTIONS A. Preapproved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Specifications as "preapproved. Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable for this Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B. Approved Products: Construction products or processes of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal." Approval of alternate products or processes not listed in the Specifications may be obtained through provisions for product options and substitutions in Document 00700 - General Conditions, and by following the submittal procedures specified in Section 01350 - Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to preapproved products. C. Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 01630-1 City of Pearland 03/02 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor's responsibility related to product options and substitutions is defined i the General Conditions. B. Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the,alternate product. Pay for laboratory testing, as well as any other review or examination costs, needed to establish the equivalency between products in order to obtain information upon which the Engineer can base a decision. D. If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equal to that named in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.05 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. Alternate products or processes may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B. Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be, equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C. The Owner retains the right to accept any product or process deemed advantageous to thy, Owner, and similarly, to reject any product or process deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.06 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A. Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the approved product specified. B. Submit a written request for a construction product to be considered as an alternate product. C. Submit the product information after the effective date of the Agreement and within the time period allowed for substitution submittals given in the General Conditions. After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following 44. information: I City of Pearland 03/02 01630-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2. For products: a) Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address b) Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards c) Samples, as applicable d) Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and.date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 3. For construction methods: a) Detailed description of proposed method b) Drawings illustrating methods 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule 6. Relation to separate contracts, if any 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS.- NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01630-3 k CITY OF PEARLAND STARTING SYSTEMS SECTION 01750 STARTING SYSTEMS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Starting systems. B. Demonstration and instructions. C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay item of which this work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS in. Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION -tor --- PREPARATION A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify City Engineer 7 days prior to startup of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under Contractor's supervision in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. City of Pearland 03/02 01750-1 VI I I V/ / 1.11/ STARTING SYSTEMS G. When specified in individual specification sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipme or system installation prior to and during start-up, and to supervise placing equipmer or system in operation H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.02 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to City Engineer two weeks minimum prior to date of Substantial Completion. B. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with City Engineer in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at equipment location. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.03 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. City Engineer will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting and balancing. B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the City Engineer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01750-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1. GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Maintenance and Submittal of -Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 3.02. B. Store Record Documents and samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. C. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.03 RECORDING A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B. Contract Drawings, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings• Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench mark utilized for project. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original contract drawings. 6. References to related shop drawings and Modifications. A. Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by Engineer. 01760-1 City of Pearland 03/02 PROJECT R ECORD DOCUMENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver Project Record Documents to Engineer. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 01760-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with Document 00700 - General Conditions regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B. Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. C. Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D. The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in other Sections. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean debris from drainage systems. C. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site following the final test of utilities and completion of the work. 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operations and maintenance data as noted in Section 01350 - Submittals. 1.05 WARRANTIES A. Provide one onginal of each warranty from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. City of Pearland 03/02 01770-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C. Submit warranties prior to final Application for Payment. D. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in Document 00700 General Conditions, paragraph 9.10, Substantial Completion. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 01770-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION DIVISION 2 SITE WORK CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clearing and grubbing. B. Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling. C. Removal of debris and trash. D Removal of obstructions. E Excavation and fill. F. Disposal of waste materials. G. Disposal of excess materials. H. Salvaging of designated items. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Site preparation will be measured within the limits shown on the plans. B. Side streets and utility easements involving any work in this contract will not be measured separately and are considered incidental to work under this Section. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment, for unit price procedures. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Brought -in Structural Fill: 1. Sand, gravel, earth or combination, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to select borrow standards: a. Liquid limit 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. b. Plasticity index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. c. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. d. Well broken up, free of clods of hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. 2. Brought -in General Fill: LL s 65, PI 0-45, free of trash, etc. City of Pearland 03/02 02200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01. PRESERVATION OF STAKING A. Use caution to preserve survey staking, monuments and property corners. B. Employ a Registered Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation. 3.02 SITE CLEARING A. Protect trees and shrubs designated to remain in accordance with Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B Protect utilities from damage. C. Topsoil Removal: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform stripping m a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with underlying stenle subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay lumps, stone, over 2 in. in diameter, weeds roots, leaves, and debris. 5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree dnp line to prevent damage to main root system. 6. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 7. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 8. At completion transport topsoil from stockpiles to work site for spreading and final fine grading. D Clearing and Grubbing. 1. Clear project site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. 2. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees. 4. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 5. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. 6. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. City of Pearland 03/02 02200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 7. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface. 8. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated. 9. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment. 10. Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A. Undercut and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B. Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be excavation or "Brought -in Fill" specified in this section. suitable material from site 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B. Fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with "Brought -in Structural Fill" material, when fill obtained from high areas is exhausted and `Brought -in General" Fill for open areas not under structures or roadways. C. Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 - Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A. Items designated by the Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard. 3.06 DISPOSAL A. Remove and dispose of excess material and debris resulting from work under this Section in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 02200-3 A CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK SECTION 02204 EARTHWORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements: The Contractor shall perform all earthwork indicated and h the Contract for construction of the Work, complete and in place, in accordance witDocuments. Contractor Submittals: The Contractor shall submit samples of all materials Contrased ctor to be used in the work in accordance with requirements of Section by the testing laboratory.0 Submittals. Sample sizes shall be 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUITABLE FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall roots, be suitable, selected l cr other processed, clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, free fromgrass, vegetation. 6 inches of any B. Fill and Backfill: Fill and backfill materials asses of earth mto be placed aterials having a maximum e or pipe shall be free of rocks or unbroken dimension larger than 3 inches. C. Suitable Materials. Materials not defined as uannsdue1blal>kkmen coow are nstruction subjecefined as t le materials and may be used in fills, backfilling, the indicated limitations. In addition, when acceptable to the Engineer, some of the material listed as unsuitable may be used when thoroughly mixed with suitable material to form a stable composite. Suitable materials may be obtained from on -site excavations, may by this Section or riret1te to materials, or may be imported. If imported materials are required meet the quantity requirements of the project, the Contractor shall provide the imported materials at no additional. cost to the City. E The following types of suitable materials are defined: 1. Type A (3/4 inch minus granular backfill): Crushed rock or gravel, and sand with the gradation requirements below. The material shall have a minimum sand City of Pearland 03/02 02204-1 CITY OF PEARLAND City of Pearland 03/02 EARTHWORK equivalent value of 28 and a minimum R-value of 78. If the sand equivalent value exceeds 35, the R-value requirement is waived. Sieve Size Percentage Passing 3/4 inch 100 No. 4 30-50 No. 200 0-12 2. Type B (Class I crushed stone): Manufactured angular, crushed stone, crushed rock or crushed slag with the following gradation requirements. The material shall have a minimum sand equivalent value of 75. Sieve Size Percentage Passing 3/4 inch 100 No. 4 30-50 No. 200 0-5 3. Type C (sand backfill): Sand with 100 percent passing a 3/8 inch sieve, at least 90 percent passing a No. 4 sieve, and a sand equivalent value not less than 30. 4. Type D: Not used. 5. Type E (pea gravel backfill): Crushed rock or gravel the size gradation for size No. 8 in ASTM C 33, Concrete Aggregates. 6. Type F (coarse drain rock): Crushed rock or gravel with the size gradation for Size No 4 in ASTM C 33. 7. Type G (aggregate base): Crushed rock aggregate base material of such nature that it can be compacted readily by watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base for pavements. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 1- 1/2 inch maximum size or 3/4 inch maximum size gradation shall be used. The sand equivalent value shall be not less than 22, and the material shall meet the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size 2 inch Percentage Passing 1-1/2 Inches Max. Gradation 100 3/4 Inch Max. Gradation 02204-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK Percentage Passing Sieve Size 1-1/2 Inches Max. Gradation 3/4 Inch Max. Gradation 1-1/2 inch 90-100 1 inch 100 3/4 inch 50-85 90-100 No. 4 25-45 35-55 No. 30 10-25 10-30 No. 200 2-9 2-9 8. Type H. (graded drain rock): Drain rock shall be crushed rock of gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying. The material shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the gradation requirements for a Size No. 57 in ASTM C 331. a. The drain rock shall have a sand equivalent value not less than 75. The finish -graded surface of the drain rock immediately beneath hydraulic structures shall be stabilized to provide a firm, smooth surface upon which to construct reinforced concrete floor slabs. The Contractor. shall use, at its option, one of the asphalt types listed below: Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 SC-800 SC-250 RS-1 Designation Spray Temperature (°.F) 175-255 165-200 70-120 Coverage (gal/sq. yd.) 0.50 0.50 0.50 b. If the surface remains tacky, sufficient sand shall be applied to absorb the excess asphalt. 9 Type I: Any other suitable material as defined herein. 10. Type J (cement -treated backfill): Matenal which consists of Type H material, or any mixture of Types B, C, G, and H matenals which has been cement -treated so that the cement content of the material is not less than 5 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2901 -. Standard Test Method for Cement Content of Freshly Mixed Soil Cement or a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks per ton of backfill whichever is more stringent. The ultimate compressive strength at 28 days shall be not less than 400 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil - Cement Cylinders. 02204-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK 11. Type K (topsoil): Stockpiled topsoil material which has been obtained at the site by removing soil to a depth not exceeding .5 feet. Removal of the topsoil shall be done after the area has been stripped of vegetation and debris. 12. Type L• Not used. 13. Type M (aggregate subbase): Crushed rock aggregate subbase material that can be compacted readily by watering and rolling to form a firm stable base. The sand equivalent value shall be not less than 18 and the material shall meet the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent Passing 3 inch 100 2-1/2 inch 87-100 No. 4 35-95 No. 200 0-29 14. Type N (trench plug)• Low permeable fill material, a non -dispersible clay material having a minimum plasticity index of 10. 15. Type 0 (bank run sand): Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following, requirements: a. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested it accordance with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. b. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: 1. Liquid limit: Not exceeding 25% 2. Plasticity Index: Not exceeding 7. 16. Type P (Concrete Sand): Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 City of Pearland 02204-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK Sieve No. 50 No. 100 Percent Passing l0to30 2 to 10 17. Type Q (Gem Sand): Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for No. 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: 3/8 inch No. 4 No. 8 Sieve Percent Passing 95 to 100 60 to 80 15to40 18. Type R (Structural Fill): Low permeable fill material, a nondispersible clay material having a plasticity index between 8 and 20, and a liquid limit of less than 35. On -site clays may not be reused as structural fill in their current condition. 2.02 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A. Unsuitable materialsinclude the materials listed below: 1. Soils which, when classified under ASTM D 2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System), fall in the classifications of Pt, OH, MH, or OL 2. Soils which cannot be compacted sufficiently to achieve the density specified for the intended use. 3. Materials that contain hazardous or designated waste materials, including petroleum hydrocarbons, pesticides, heavy metals, and any material which may be classified as hazardous ortoxic according to applicable centrations of chloride orsulfateregulations. 4. Soils that contain greater con ions or have a soil resistivity or pH less than the existing on -site soils. 5. Topsoil,except as allowed below. 2.03 USE OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL TYPES A. The Contractor shall use the types of materials as designated herein for all required fill, backfill, and embankment construction hereunder. B. Where these Specifications conflict with the requirements of any local agency having jurisdiction or with the requirements of a pipe material manufacturer, the Engineer shall City of Pearland 03/02 02204-5 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK be immediately notified. In case of conflict between types of pipe embedment backfills, the Contractor shall use the agency -specified backfill material if that material provides the greater in -place density after compaction. C. Fill and backfill types shall be used in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Embankment fills shall be constructed of Type I material, as defined herein, or any mixture of Type I and Type A through Type H materials. 2. Pipe zone backfill as defined under "Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill ' below, shall consist of the following materials for each pipe material listed below: a. Mortar coated pipe, concrete pipe, and uncoated ductile iron pipe shall be provided Type A, B, E, 0, P, or Q pipe bedding and embedment backfill material. b. Coal tar enamel coated pipe, polyethylene encased pipe, tape wrapped pipe, and other non -mortar coated pipe shall be backfilled with Type C, 0 P, or Q bedding and embedment zone backfill material. c. Where pipelines are installed on grades exceeding 4 percent, and where backfill materials are graded such that there is less than 10 percent passing a No. 4 sieve, trench plugs of Type J, L, or N material shall be provided at maximum intervals of 200 feet unless indicated otherwise. 3. Trench zone backfill for pipelines as defined under 'Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill" shall be Type I backfill material or any of Types A through H backfill materials or a mixture thereof, except: City of Pearland 03/02 4. Final backfill material for pipelines under paved areas, as defined under "Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill" shall be Type J backfill material. Final backfill under areas not paved shall be the same material as that used for trench backfill except that Type K material shall be used for final backfill in agricultural areas unless otherwise indicated. 5. Trench backfill and final backfill for pipelines under structures shall be the same matenal as used in the pipe zone, except where concrete encasement is required by the Contract Documents. 6. Aggregate base materials under pavements shall be Type G material constructed to the thicknesses indicated. Aggregate subbase shall be Type M material 7. Backfill around structures shall be Type I material, or Types A through Type H materials, or any mixture thereof, except as shown. 8. Backfill materials beneath structures shall be as follows: a. Drain rock materials under hydraulic structures or other water retaining structures with underdrain systems shall be Type H material. b. Under. concrete hydraulic structures or other water retaining structures without underdrain systems, Types G or H materials shall be used. Under structures where groundwater must be removed to allow placement of concrete, Type F material shall be used. Before Type F material is placed, filter fabric shall be placed over the exposed foundation. d. Under all other structures, Type G or H material shall be used. 02204-6 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK 9. Backfill used to replace pipeline trench over -excavation shall be a layer of Type F material with a 6 inch top filter layer of Type E material or filter fabric to prevent migration of fines for wet trench conditions or the same material as used for the pipe zone backfill if the trench conditions are not wet. 10. The top 6 inches of fill on reservoir roofs, embankment fills around hydraulic structures, and all other embankment fills shall consist of Type K material, topsoil. 11. Filter fabric shall be Mirafi 140N, Mirafi 700X, or equal. 2.04 MATERIALS TESTING A. All soils testing of samples submitted by the Contractor. will be done by a testing laboratory of the City's choice and at the City s expense. At its discretion, the of any material usedgn the may request that the Contractor supply samples for testing work. B. Particle size analysis of soils and aggregates will be performed using ASTM D 422 - Standard Test Method for Particle -Size Analysis of Soils. C. Determination of sand equivalent value will Soils and Fine be using Aggregate.ASTM 2419 - Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of S D. Unified Soil Classification. System: References in this Sectioin ASTMclassification to soil fi atiotypes The and standards shall have the meanings and definitions indicated Contractor shall be bound by all applicable provisions of said ASTM D .2487 in the interpretation of soil classifications E The testing for chloride, sulfate, resistivity, and pH shall be done in accordance with the following: a. pH b. Chloride c. Sulfate d. Resistivity EPA Method 9045 EPA Method 9252 EPA Method 9038 EPA Method 9050 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. General: Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation obhall uction include ahe removal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including all nature that would interfere with the proper excavation and completion of the Work. The removal of said materials shall conform to the n site shall be stripped of all vegetation lines and grades indicated or ordered. Unless otherwise indicated, the entire construe and debris and such material shall be removed from the site prior to performing any City of Pearland 03/02 02204-7 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK excavation or placing any fill The Contractor shall furnish, place, and maintain all supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the excavation. Excavations shall be sloped or otherwise supported in a safe manner in accordance with applicable State safety requirements and the requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA) for Construction (29CFR1926) and the requirements of Section 01516 - Trench Safety. B Removal and Exclusion of Water: The Contractor shall remove and exclude water, including storm water, groundwater, irrigation water, and wastewater, from all excavations, Dewatering wells, wellpoints, sump pumps, or other means shall be used to remove water and continuously maintain groundwater at a level at least 2' below the bottom of excavations before the excavation work begins at each location. Water shall be removed and excluded until backfilling is complete and all field soils testing has been completed. 3.02 STRUCTURE, ROADWAY, AND EMBANKMENT EXCAVATION A. Excavation Beneath Structures and Embankments: Except where otherwise indicated for a particular structure or ordered by the Engineer, excavation shall be carried to the grade of the bottom of the footing or slab. Where indicated or ordered, areas beneath the structures or fills shall be over -excavated. The subgrade areas beneath embankments shall be excavated to remove not less than the top 6 inches of native material and where such subgrade is sloped, the native material shall be benched. When such over - excavation is indicated, both over -excavation and subsequent backfill to the required grade shall be performed by the Contractor. When such over -excavation is not indicated but is ordered by the Engineer, such over -excavation and any resulting backfill will be paid for under a separate unit price bid item, if such bid item has been established, otherwise payment will be made in accordance with the negotiated price. After the required excavation or over -excavation has been completed, the exposed surface shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches, brought to optimum moisture content, and rolled with heavy compaction equipment to obtain 95 percent of maximum density. B Excavation Beneath Concrete Reservoirs: Excavation under reservoirs shall extend to the bottom of the drainrock layer. After such excavation has been completed, the exposed surface shall be rolled with heavy compaction equipment to 95 percent of maximum density and then graded to provide a reasonably smooth surface for placement of the drainrock. Areas under the reservoir upon which fill is to be placed shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches, brought to optimum moisture content, and compacted to obtain 95% of maximum density. C. Excavation Beneath Paved Areas: Excavation under areas to be paved shall extend to the bottom of the aggregate base or subbase, if such base is called for; otherwise it shall extend to the paving thickness. After the required excavation has been completed the top 12 inches of exposed surface shall be scarified, brought to optimum moisture content, (r City of Pearland 03/02 02204-8 (2 I Y ur rLHr(LAINU EARTHWORK eiwsl and rolled with heavy compaction equipment to obtain 95% of maximum density. The finished subgrade shall be even, self -draining, accumulate standing and n conformance with standing water shallthe slope of the be regraded to finished pavement. Areas that could provide a self -draining subgrade. D. Notification of Engineer: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 3 days in advance of completion of any structure excavation and shall allow the Engineer a review period of at least one day before the exposed foundation is scarified and compacted or is covered with backfill or with any construction materials. 3.03 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Exploratory Excavation: 1. The Contractor shall excavate and expose buried points of connection to existing utilities and utility crossings where indicated on the drawings. Contractor shall also excavate and expose existing utilities where Contractor's work may interfere with existing utilities. Excavation shall be performed prior to preparation of shop drawings for connections and before fabrication of pipe, and the data obtained shall be used in preparing shop drawings. 2. Data, including dates, locations excavated, and sketches shall be submitted to the Engineer within one week of excavation. 3. Damage to utilities from excavation activities shall be repaired by the Contractor. 4 B. General: Unless otherwise indicated or ordered, excavation for pipelines and utilities shall be open -cut trenches with widths as. indicated. C. Trench Bottom: Except when pipe bedding is required, the bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of the bottom of the pipe bedding. Excavations for pipe bells and welding shall be made as required. D. Open Trench: The maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one location shall be 500 feet, or the length necessary nenche shalbe fully baodate the �kfilled aunt of t the end of each e installed in a single day, whichever . is greater. All day or, in lieu thereof, shall be covered by heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable of supporting vehicular traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill at the end of each day. The above requirements is located further than11ing or 100 feetse of fromstany l plate will be waived in cases where the trench traveled roadway or occupied structure. In such cases, however, barricades and warning lights meeting safety requirements shall be provided and maintained. E. Indicated Trench Over -Excavation: Where trenches are indicated atbe installedobe over-excavated, tthe cgavated, excavation shall be to the depth indicated, and backfill ade of the bottom of the pipe bedding. • City of Pearland 03/02 02204-9 EARTHWORK Over -Excavation (Not Indicated): 1 • When ordered by the City to over -excavate trenches deeper and/or wider tha�� required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall over -excavate to tl dimensions ordered and backfill to the indicated grade of the bottom of the pips bedding. 2. Payment: a. Over -excavation less than 6 inches more than the indicated trench depth and/or width shall be done at no increase in cost. Additional payment will be made for over -excavation 6 inches or more than the indicated depth and/or width. b. Additional payment shall be based on unit price bid items for over - excavation if such bid items were established; otherwise payment will be based on a negotiated price: Volumes of material will be based on survey measurements of the over -excavated area. G. Where pipelines are to be installed in embankments, fills, or structure backfills, the fill shall be constructed to a level at least one foot above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. H. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation operations, the trench width shall be wider than the shield so that the shield is free to be lifted and then moved horizontally without binding against the trench sidewalls. If the trench walls cave in or slough, the trench shall be excavated as an open excavation with sloped sidewalls or with trencf shoring, as indicated and as required by the pipe structural design. 3.04 OVER -EXCAVATION NOT ORDERED OR INDICATED A. Any over -excavation carried below the grade, ordered or indicated, shall be backfilled and. compacted to the required grade with the indicated material. 3.05 EXCAVATION IN LAWN AREAS A. Where excavation occurs in lawn areas, the sod shall be carefully removed, dampened and stockpiled to preserve it for replacement. Excavated material may be placed on the lawn provided that a drop cloth or other suitable method is employed to protect the lawn from damage. The lawn shall not remain covered for more than 72 hours. Immediately after completion of backfilling and testing of the pipeline, the sod shall be replaced and lightly rolled in a manner as to restore the lawn as near as possible to its original condition. Contractor shall provide new sod if stockpiled sod has not been replaced within 72 hours. City of Pearland 03/02 02204-10 Ul I Y ur rtMr MIVV EARTHWORK 3.06 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES A. Except where trees are indicated to be removed, trees shall be protected from injury during construction operations. No tree roots over 2 inches in diameter shall be cut without express permission of the Engineer. Trees shall be supported during excavation by any means previously reviewed by the Engineer. 3.07 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. .The Contractor shall remove and dispose the all excess excavated material at a site selected by the Contractor and reviewed by Engineer. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits, land City, and agency approvals for disposal of excess excavated material and shall pay all costs associated with the removal and disposal. 3.08 BACKFILL - GENERAL A. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. Backfill shall not be placed around or upon any structure until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed. Backfill around water retaining structures shalltructures shall not be be full of water while placed until the structures have been tested,. and the backfill is being placed. B. Except for drainrock materials being placed in over -excavated areas or trenches, backfill shall be placed after all water is removed from the excavation, and the trench sidewalks and bottom have been dried to a moisture content suitable for compaction. C. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation, pipe installation, and backfill operations, the shield shall be moved by lifting the shield free of the trench bottom of backfill and then moving the shield horizontally. The Contractor shall not drag trench shields along the trench causing damage or displacement to the trench sidewalks, the pipe, or the bedding and backfill. D. Immediately prior to placement of backfill materials, the bottoms and sidewalk of trenches and structure excavations shall have all loose sloughing or caving soil and rock materials removed. Trench sidewalis shall consist of excavated surfaces that are in a relatively undisturbed condition before placement of backfill materials. 3.09 FLOWABLE FILL A. Flowable fill shall be used as backfill in areas as flowable required in the plans. reme Refer to Section 02210 - Controlled Low Strength Material for q City of Pearland 03/02 02204-11 EARTHWORK 3.10 PLACING AND SPREADING OF BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in layers. When compaction achieved using mechanical equipment, the layers shall be evenly spread so that whet. compacted .each layer shall not exceed 6 inches in thickness. B During spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary to promote uniformity of materials in each layer. Pipe zone backfill materials shall be manually spread around the pipe so that when compacted the pipe zone backfill will provide uniform bearing and side support. C. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content, water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper moisture content is achieved. D. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the specified degree of compaction the material shall be dried until the moisture content is satisfactory. 3.11 COMPACTION OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS A. Each layer of Types A, B, C, G, H, I, K, 0, P, Q, and R backfill materials, as defined herein, Where the material is graded such that 10T or more passes a No. 4 sieve, shall be mechanically compacted to the indicated percentage of density Equipment that consistently capable of achieving the required degree of compaction shall be used any each layer shall be compacted, over its entire area while the material is at the requires. moisture content. B. Each layer of Type E F, and J backfill materials shall be compacted by means of at least 2 passes from a flat plate vibratory compactor. When such materials are used for pipe zone backfill, vibratory compaction shall be used at the top of the pipe zone or at vertical intervals of 24 inches, whichever is the least distance from the subgrade. C. Fill on reservoir and structure roofs shall be deposited at least 30 days after the concrete roof slab has been placed Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds when loaded shall not be used on a roof. A roller weighing not more'than 8,000 pounds shall be used to compact fill on a roof. D. Flooding, ponding, or jetting shall not be used. E. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to walls than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Hand operated power compaction equipment shall be used where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations. City of Pearland 03/02 02204-12 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK F Backfill around and over pipelines that is mechanically rollers. mAfter pactecompleshall tion of at leaste d using light, hand operated vibratory compactors and 2 feet of compacted backfill over the top of pipeline, compaction, equipment, weighing no more than 8,000 pounds may be used to complete the trench backfill. G. Compaction Requirements: Compaction test requirements shall be as follows: Material Type A,B,C,G,H,IK,M,N, O,P,Q B,E,F,J Test Requirement ASTM D 1557 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristic of Soils Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- lbflft3) (2,700 KN-m/m3) ASTM D 4253 - Standard Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils using a Vibratory Table and ASTM D 4254 Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density Where agency or utility company requirements govern, the highest compaction standard shall apply. Location or Use of Fill Pipe embedment backfill for ductile iron and steel pipe Pipe bedding and over -excavated zones under bedding for ductile iron and steel pipe, including trench plugs Pipe embedment backfill for bar - wrapped concrete cylinder pipe Pipe zone backfill portion above embedment for bar -wrapped concrete cylinder pipe Pipe bedding and over -excavated zones under bedding for rigid pipe City of Pearland 03/02 Percentage of Maximum Density 90 95 90 90 90 Percentage of Relative Density 70 70 55 70 70 02204-13 EARTHWORK Location or Use of Fill Final backfill, beneath paved areas or structures, or within 5 feet of paved areas Percentage of Maximum Density 95 Percentage of Relative Density 70 Final backfill, not beneath paved areas or structures Trench zone backfill, beneath paved areas and structures, including trench plugs Trench zone backfill, not beneath paved areas or structures, including trench plugs 90 95 90 55 70 55 Embankments and fills Embankments and fills beneath paved areas or structures Backfill beneath structures and hydraulic structures 90 95 95 55 70 70 Topsoil (Type K material) Aggregate base or subbase (Type G or M material) 80 95 N.A. N.A. E Groundwater Barrier. 1. Continuity of embedment material shall be interrupted by low permeability groundwater barriers to impede passage or water through the embedment Material may be finely divided, suitable job excavated material, free from stones, organic material, and debris. 2. Groundwater barriers for all pipelines shall be three layers of 6 mil polyethylene film, extending the full depth and width of granular material, and spaced not more than 400 feet apart. 3.12 PIPE AND UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Pipe Zone Backfill: 1. The pipe zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying between a plane below the bottom surface of the pipe and a plane at a point above the top surface of the pipe as indicated. The bedding is defined as that portion of pipe zone backfill material between the trench subgrade and the bottom of thf City of Pearland 03/02 02204-14 CITY OF PEARLAND EARTHWORK pipe. The embedment is defined as that portion of the pipe zone backfill material between the bedding and a level line as indicated. 2. After compacting the bedding, the Contractor shall perform a final trim using a stnngline for establishing grade, such that each pipe section, when first laid will be continually in contact with the beddmg along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Excavation for pipe bells and welding shall be made as required. 3. The pipe zone shall be backfilled with the indicated backfill material. The Contractor shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, cathodic bonds, and the pipeline itself during the installation and backfill operations. 4. If a moveable trench shield is used during backfill operations the shield shall be lifted to a location above each layer of backfill material prior to compaction of the layer. The Contractor shall not displace the pipe or backfill while the shield is being moved. Trench Zone Backfill: After the pipe zone backfills have been placed, backfilling of the trench zone may proceed. The trench zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying as indicated between a plane above the top surface of the pipe and the plane at a point 18 inches below the roadway subgrade. Final Backfill: Final backfill is all backfill in the trench cross -sectional area within 18 inches of finished grade, or if the trench is under pavement, all backfill within 18 mchess of the roadway subgrade. 3.13 FILL AND EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION A. The area where a fill or embankment is to be constructd shall be cleared bmoistened, all vegetation, roots and foreign material. Following this, the surface scarified to a depth of 6 inches, and rolled or otherwise mechanically compacted. Embankment and fill material shall be placed and spread evenly in approximately horizontal layers. Each layer shall be moistened or aerated, 6as inches necessary Unless acted otherwise approved by the Engineer, each layer shall not exceedcompacted thickness. The embankment, fill, and the scarified layer of underlying areas ground where bse compacted to 95% of maximum density under structures, paved indicated by Engineer, and 90% of maximum density elsewhere. lsides or l slopes When an embankment or fill is to be made anshalpacted l be horizontally n st lbenched tol key the steeper than 4:1, the slopes of hillsides or fills embankment or fill to the underlying ground. A minimum of 12 inches normal to the slope of the hillside or fill shall be removed and recompacted as the embankment or fill is brought up in layers. Material, thus cut, shall be recompacted along with the new matenal. Hillside or fill slopes, 4:1 or flatter, shall be prepared in accordance with Paragraph A, above. B. City of Pearland 03/02 02204-15 ui i r ur rtHKwivu EARTHWORK C. Where embankment or structure fills are constructed over pipelines, the first 4 feet of fill---- over the pipe shall be constructed using light placement and compaction equipment th, does not damage the pipe. Heavy construction equipment shall maintain a minima, distance from the edge of the trench equal to the depth of the trench until at least 4 feet of fill over the pipe has been completed. 3.14 FIELD TESTING A. General: All field soils testing will be done by a testing laboratory of the City's choice at the City's expense except as indicated below. B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum density, the maximum density at optimum moisture content will be determined in accordance with Method C of ASTM D 1557. Where cohesionless, free draining soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of relative density, the calculation of relative density will be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4253 and ASTM D 4254. Field density in -place tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method, ASTM D 2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth), or by such other means acceptable to the Engineer. C. In case the test of the fill or backfill shows noncompliance with the required density, the Contractor shall accomplish such remedy as may be required to insure compliance Subsequent testing to show compliance shall be by a testing laboratory selected by ti' City and paid by the Contractor. D The Contractor shall provide test trenches and excavations including excavation, trench support, and groundwater removal for the City's field soils testing operations. The trenches and excavations shall be provided at the locations and to the depths required by the City. Lawn areas destroyed by test trenching and excavation shall be regraded and re -landscaped with hydroseeding. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 02204-16 CITY OF PEARLAND EROSION CONTROL BARRIER SECTION 02268 EROSION CONTROL BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall provide erosion control barriers, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the erosion control barrier. 1.03 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, Contractor Submittals. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog sheets on geotextile fabrics. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 FABRIC A. Fabric may be woven or non -woven, made from polypropylene, polyethylene, or polyamid, and shall contain sufficient UV inhibitors so that it will last for 2 years in outdoor exposure. B. Fabric shall have the following properties: parameter Grab tensile strength Burst strength Apparent opening size Standard Method ASTM D 4632 ASTM D 3786 ASTM D 4751 C. Fabric manufacturer or approved equal: Marafi City of Pearland 03/02 Value 100 lb. 200 psi Between 200 and 70 sieve size 02268-1 VI 11 Vr rt r r LJ-11 \ LJ EROSION CONTROL BARRIER 2.02 POSTS A. Posts shall be either wood, at least 2 inches by 2 inches, at least 6 feet long or steel, 1-1/Z inches, T-shaped, at least 6 feet long with protective coating. 2.03 FENCING A. Woven wire fabric fencing shall be galvanized mesh spacing of 6 inches, maximum 14 gauge, at least 30 inches tall. 2.04 FASTENERS A. Fasteners to wood posts shall be steel, at least 1-1/2 inches long and fasteners to steel posts shall be galvanized clips. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide erosion control barriers at the indicated locations and as required to prevent erosion and silt loss from the Site. B. Contractor shall not commence clearing, grubbing, earthwork, or other activities whic' may cause erosion until barriers are in place. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the woven wire fencing to the posts that are spaced a maximum of 6 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 12 inches. Install posts at a slight angle toward the source of the anticipated runoff. C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher so that the downward face of the trench is flat and perpendicular to the direction of flow Lay fabric along the edges of the trench Backfill and compact. Securely fasten the fabric materials to the woven wire fencing with tie wires. E Reinforced fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. City of Pearland 03/02 02268-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EROSION CONTROL BARRIER F. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support - post with a minimum 6 inch overlap and seal securely. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of the barrier. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion control system until final acceptance then remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly. B. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth of 6 inches or 1/2 the height of the barrier, whichever is less. Dispose of sediments on the site if a location is indicated on the drawings, or at a site arranged by the Contractor which is not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 02268-3 l CITY OF PEARLAND SECTION 02270 EROSION CONTROL - VEGETATIVE EROSION CONTROL - VEGETATIVE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall provide erosion protection including fertilizing, seeding, and mulching for all disturbed areas that are not to be paved or otherwise treated, in accordance with Contract Documents. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for vegetative erosion control. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ation A. Submit certification from supplier tht each of thet,e of Texas seed Seed Law.s to these Certification c shall requirements and the requirements accompany seed delivery. B. Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02200 - Earthwork. B Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified to 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and shall meet the following requirements: 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lolliummulti-florum), mixed m labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda: Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight analysis, name of vendor, and germination test results. 3. Wet moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. 4. Seed requirements, application rates, and planting dates are* 02270-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EROSION CONTROL - VEGETATIVE Type Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Application Rate Pounds/A 40 40 Planting Date Jan 1 to March 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 April 1 to Sept 30 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass. 98/88 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 40 40 30 Oct 1 to Dec 31 C. Fertilizer: Dry and free -flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: 1. Nitrogen: 10 percent 2. Phosphoric Acid: 20 percent 3. Potash: 10 percent D. Mulch Virgin Wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a mit imum of 2C percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes E Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. F. Weed Control Agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Weather Conditions: Fertilizing, seeding, or mulching operations will not be permitted when wind velocities exceed 15 miles per hour or when the ground is frozen, unduly wet, or otherwise not tillable in condition. B. Soil Preparation: The ground to be seeded shall be graded in conformance with the drawings and shall be loose and reasonably free of large rocks, roots, and other material which will interfere with the work. C. Method of Application: Fertilizer, seed, and mulch may be applied separately (Dry Method), mixed together with water and the homogeneous slurry applied by spraying City of Pearland 03/02 02270-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EROSION CONTROL - VEGETATIVE (Hydraulic Method), except that all slopes steeper than 3 units horizontal to 1 unit vertical shall be stabilized by the hydraulic method. 3.02 DRY METHOD A. Fertilizing: The fertilizer shall be spread uniformly at the rate of 800 lbs. per acre (approximately 1 lb. per 55 square feet). The fertilizer shall be raked in and thoroughly mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 2 inches prior to the application of seed or mulch. B. Seeding: The seed shall be broadcast uniformly at the rate specified. After the seed has been distributed it shall be incorporated into the soil by raking or by other approved methods. C. Mulch Application: Mulch shall be applied at the rate of 1,5001b. (air dried weight) per acre (approximately 1 ib. per 30 sq. ft ). 3.03 HYDRAULIC METHOD A. The hydraulic method consists of the uniform application by spraying of a homogeneous mixture of water, seed, fertilizer, and mulch. The slurry shall be prepared by mixing the ingredients in the same proportions as specified above. The slurry shall have the proper consistency to adhere to the earth slopes without lumping or running. Mixing time of materials shall not exceed 45 minutes from the time the seeds come into contact with the water in the mixer to the complete discharge of the slurry onto the slopes, otherwise the batch shall be recharged with seed. The mixture shall be applied using equipment containing a tank having a built-in continuous agitation and recirculation system and a discharge system which will allow application of the slurry to the slopes at a continuous and uniform rate. The application rates of the ingredients shall be the same as those specified for the Dry Method. The nozzle shall produce a spray that does not concentrate the slurry nor erode the soil. 3.04 WATERING A. Upon completion of the erosion control shall be keeding, eentire area shall be t watered by a prinkhng system to saturation by a fine spray. The new planting p on the site during dry weather or whenever necessary for proper establishment of the planting until final project acceptance. At no time shall the planting be allowed to dry out Care shall be taken to avoid excessive washing or puddling on the surface and any such damage caused thereby shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. 02270-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EROSION CONTROL - VEGETATIVE 3.05 MAINTENANCE PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain the planted areas in a satisfactory condition until final acceptance of the project. Such maintenance shall include thefilling, leveling, and repairing of any washed or eroded areas, as may be necessary, and sufficient watering to maintain the plant materials in a healthy condition. The Engineer may require replanting of any areas in which the establishment of the vegetative ground cover does not appear to be developing satisfactorily. 3.06 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A. The use of erosion control blankets is required only where shown on plans. It should also be used at the Contractor's discretion for steeply sloped areas or other areas where the establishment of good vegetative cover is difficult. 1. Biodegradable erosion control blanket shall be used on all disturbed grass. 2. The erosion control shall be spread only on prepared, fertilized, and seeded surfaces. 3. On all slopes, the erosion control blanket shall be laid up-and-down the slope in the direction of water flow. 4. Waste of erosion control material shall be minimized by limiting overlaps as specified and by utilizing the full length of the netting at roll ends. B. Anchorage: 1. Ends and sides of adjoining pieces of material shall be overlapped 6 inches ant. 4-inehes-respectively-and-stapled. Six ane hors -shall be -installed aerass_ends. A common row of staples shall be used at side joints. Staple through both blankets placing staples approximately 6 inches apart. 2. The top edge of the erosion control blanket shall be anchored in a 6 inch deep by 6 inch wide trench. Backfill and compact trench after stapling. 3. Anchorage shall be by means of 9 inch long, two -legged staples driven vertically and full-length into the ground. The legs shall be spread 3 inches to 4 inches apart at the ground to improve resistance to pull-out. In loose soils the use of 18 inch metal/washer pins may be required to properly anchor the blankets. 4. All slopes which are 3:1 or greater shall be stapled with 2 staples per square yard in a triangular pattern. Staples shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommended staple pattern guide. 5. The erosion control blanket shall not be stretched, but should be laid loosely over the ground to avoid the blanket being pulled downslope. The erosion control blanket shall not be rolled out onto ground containing frost within the 9 inch penetration zone of the anchorage staples. Further, no stapling shall be undertaken while any frost exists within the staple penetration zone. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 02270-4 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. If not listed in Bid Schedule, there will be no additional payment for trench excavation, embedment and backfill. Include cost m the unit price for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B. No separate or additional payment will be made for surface water control, ground water control, or for excavation drainage. Include in the unit price for the installed piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. D. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for special excavation: Measurement for special excavation is on a cubic yard basis measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts or structures damaged by special excavation operations except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augering, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed e. Resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of special excavation. f. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 02318-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Wor'--, Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. E If listed in Bid Schedule, extra hand excavation• Measurement for extra hand excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for placement of extra hand excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. 3. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: 1. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. 2. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. F. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra machine excavation • 1 Measurement for extra machine excavation is on a cubic yard basis, measured in plac 1. Cost for item shall include: a. Dewatering-and-surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Project. 2. Include cost for placement of extra machine excavation in payment for Extra Work Bid Item for Extra Placement of Material. 3. Include cost for following items in payment for applicable Division 2 - Site Work Sections: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. G. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of material: 1. Measurement for extra placement of material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. At the discretion of Engineer, measurement of cubic yards may be calculated from the volume of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation for which placement is made, minus the volume of any Extra Placement of Special Backfill authorized in conjunction with the Work. 2. Cost for this item shall include resodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES H. If listed in Bid Schedule, there will be payment for extra placement of special excavation: 1. Measurement for extra placement of special material is on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 2. Cost for this item shall include geotextile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of special material conforming to the Specifications. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from extra unit price Work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Special excavation: Excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts or other structures, not shown on Drawings, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions sufficiently m advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. B. Extra hand excavation: Excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. C. Extra machine excavation: Excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in bid items contained in the Schedule of Unit Prices. D. Extra replacement of material. Handling, backfill, and compaction of excavated material authorized under Extra Work Bid Items for Extra Hand Excavation or Extra Machine Excavation. Placement and compaction shall conform to requirements specified in appropriate Division 2 - Site Work Sections. E Extra placement of special backfill. Hauling, placing, and consolidating of special materials in conjunction with Extra Work Bid Item Extra Replacement of Material at locations designated by the Engineer. Materials placed under this item shall conform to requirements for Bank Run Sand, Cement Stabilized Sand, Concrete Sand, Pea Gravel, Gem Sand, or Crushed Stone specified m Division 2 - Site Work Sections. F. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. G. Pipe Bedding The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 02318-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES H. Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up tr -I springline of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. I. Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spnngline of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. J. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill. K. Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. L Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. M. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. N. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. O. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. P. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and ram water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. Q. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water m trench by sump .pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-4 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES R. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary 1. Dry Stable. Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressunzation) for trenches extending below ground water level. 2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. S. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. T. Trench Dam: A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. U. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. V Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregateof controlled ont oll d gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage terial separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. 02318-5 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AN[ BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES X. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces impose on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed m a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. Y Shoring System: A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. Z Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method o excavation, backfiil placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Drawings. C. Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. D. Submit backfill matenal sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements in this Section. E Submit a trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements of Section 01570 - Trench Safety System. Include designs for special shoring meeting the requirements defined in the Section. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-6 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Submit record of lo.-ni®n of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give stations, honzontal dimensions, elevation inverts; and gradients. 1.06 TESTS A. Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements in this Section. B. Testing and analysis e backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be pSbrmed by an independent laboratory provided by the Owner in accordance with requirements of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Sectimt 1.07 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, ins, existingrstructures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and vein the grading limits as designated on the Drawings, and in accordance with regtiinments of Section 01563 - Tree and Plant Protection. B. Protect and support awe -grade and•below-grade utilities which are to remain. C. Restore damaged penent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement. or abandonment of futilities are indicated on the Drawings. 1.08 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Have Special Shoringibsigned or selected by the Contractor's Professional Engineer to provide support for tirsides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as ajlicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures pavements and utilities. Special shoring may be a premanufacred systemselected by the Contractors Professional Engineer to meet the project site nquirements based on the manufacturer's standard design. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand-operatd tamping equipmentDo notluseminimumtil a obtained over pipes,.Qnduits, and ductsheavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attuned to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. • 02318-7 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed 1 and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly again undisturbed native soil. D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to the following classifications and product descriptions: B. Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.O1B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2.02. C. Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing: 1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well - graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: nonplastic. b. Gradation: Dbo/Dlo - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 20t. sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines a. Plasticity index: nonplastic to 4. b. Gradations: 1) Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. 2) Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 3) Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III• Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index: greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Indexes: 1) Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-8 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2) Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. than 50 percent. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater d. Inorganic. 5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation• amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 6. Use soils with dual class designation according tit �lAeSc M D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more 2.03 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Soils classified as silt (ML), elastic silt (MH), organic clay and ls. These organicsositls (O , OH),se and organic matter (PT) are not acceptable as backfillars roved bythe Engineer. Soils d for site grading and restoration in unimprovedpp in Class IVB, fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section and Ba00231l 17 for Utilities1 tie on and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation free f roots B. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greaternon-soil matter,3 shydrobarbon or other , waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, contamination, conforming to the following�andr deleterious ss than 2 0 percent for Class 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. C. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may'' be substituted st t and approved natural soil the or rock products where indicated in the prod speccriteria are determined to be satisfactory y Engineer, provided that the physical property by testing. or SM by the Unified Soil D Bank Run Sand: Durable run sand classified as SP, SW, D 2487) meeting the following requirements: Classification System (ASTM 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200s o bal when exceeding 2 percent. with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lump 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall 8 meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent. 02318-9 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. E Concrete Sand: Natural sand manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 Percent Passing 100 95 to 100 80 to 100 50 to 85 25 to 60 lO to 30 2 to 10 Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 Percent Passing 95 to 100 60 to 80 15 to 40 G. Pea Gravel• Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: H. Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements. City of Pearland 03/02 1 02318-10 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Test Method Tex-460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occumng single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with Tex-110-E Sieve 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 Percent Passing by Weight for Pipe Embedment by Ranges of Nominal Pipes Sizes >15" 95-100 60 - 90 25- 60 0 5 15" - 8" 100 90 - 100 20-55 0-10 0 5 <8" 100 90 - 100 40 - 70 0 - 15 0 - 5 1. Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. J. Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III and IV; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. K. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. • 02318-11 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND 03/02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of AST" C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Paragraph 2.03D, and the follo requirements: a. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. b. Deleterious materials: 1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142; less than 0.5 percent. 2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. 3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color. c. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. 3. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of paragraph 2.03H, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 4. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. L. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.04 MATERIAL TESTING A. Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the project meets applicably 111 specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction anc quality control. Source or Supplier Qualification. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: 1. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. 2. Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve. 3. Los Angeles abrasion wear of material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 4. Clay lumps. 5. Lightweight pieces 6. Organic impurities Production Testing. Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements City of Pearland 02318-12 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Assist the City Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. E. Concrete Backfill: Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. F. H. Geotextile (Filter Fabric). Conform to requirements of Section 02370 - Geotextile. Concrete for Trench Dams. Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE A. Install flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid" pipe, to conform to standard practice described ASTM D 2321, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. B. Install rigid pipe to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform with requirements of Section 01555 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. B. Perform Work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems. C. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D. Remove existing pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable. E. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures to conform with Section 01564 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-13 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AN F D BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 - Field Surveying. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. Nominal Pipe Size, Inches Less than 18 18to30 Greater than 30 Minimum Trench Width, Inches O.D + 18 O.D. + 24 O.D.+36 4 D Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from.the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-14 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required, place, spread and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 4 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section Place lides or cave-ins.material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent sB. When required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements in this Section. C, Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Implement ground water control according to Section 01564 Control of Ground Waterth and Surface Water. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance he Specifications. 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform gra de to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. 02318-15 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKF ILL FOR UTILITIES Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams a' needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open -graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings. PVC & HDPE require cement -stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. G. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-16 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. _ b. Compaction by methods determined by asContractor determined according tolnimASTM D of 95 percent of the maximum dry density 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Mrnu�d ace cording to ASTM D 558 ent of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum ase but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than tall a100if feet dams etween manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pip placed. s needed to achieve workable construction conditions Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from the crown withdrawal the of sheeting,' leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits.As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs �pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizesss than 36 o the Drawches, or bank run sand for ings Uniformly backfill pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved avement c For asphaltselect concrete,kuse fill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigs p flexible base matenal within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. For water hnes, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with bank run sand, select fill, or random backfill material as specified in this Section. E. For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill m lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 02318-17 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. Bank run sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698 c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D698 2. Cement -stabilized sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558 c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select fill a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. For trench excavations outside pavements, a random backfill ofsuitable material may be used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12-inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 3.10 SOURCES OF UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. City of Pearland 03/02 02318-18 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B. Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C, Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be credited to the City through a change order. Bank. run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off -site sources. E The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.11 MATERIAL HANDLING A. When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the. Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C. When stockpiling backfill material near the project site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1, The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. 02318-19 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKF ILL FOR UTILITIES c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes it characteristics are apparent. Production Verification Testing: The City's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. • C. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM• D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E. At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soi' materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM I 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened soil cement with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. 1 City of Pearland 03/02 02318-20 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.14 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 02318-21 1 CITY OF PEARLAND EMABANKMENT SECTION 02330 EMBANKMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction of embankments with excess excavated material and borrow. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unless listed in the Bid Schedule, there will be no separate payment will be made for embankment. Include cost in the unit price for Site Preparation, Section 02200. 1.03 TESTS A. Tests and analysis of soil properties will be performed in accordance with ASTM D4318, ASTM D2216, and ASTM D698 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services.. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect trees shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other features outside of embankment limits. B. Protect utilities above and below grade, which are to remain. C. Repair damage. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 - Topsoil. B. General Backfill: Excavated material, graded free of roots, lumps greater than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, organic matenal, and debris. C. Structural Backfill (under pavement or structures): Select unmodified general backfill material from excavation or borrow meeting the following requirements: 1. Plasticity Index: Not less than 12 nor more than 20. City of Pearland 03/02 02330-1 CITY OF PEARLAND EMABANKMENT 2. Maximum Liquid Limit. 45 unless approved by Engineer. In no case greater than 65. D. Borrow Material: Excavated material shall be graded free of lumps greater than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, organic material, chemical waste or other contamination, and debris. Take borrow material from sources approved by Engineer. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved. B. Verify. removals, and clearing and grubbing operations, have been completed. C. Notify Engineer and testing laboratory 5 days in advance of opening borrow source to permit obtaining samples for qualification testing. D. Clear approved source of trees, limbs greater than 2" diameter, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, organic matter, and other unacceptable material. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill test pits, or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales• Backfill with embankment materials and compact in proper lift depths, to requirements for embankment compaction. B. Remove and dispose of muck and other unsuitable materials which will not consolidate. Backfill with embankment materials and compact to requirements for embankment. C. Complete backfill of new utilities below future grade. 3.03 EMBANKMENT A. Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing ground or fill materials exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content. Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying, by disking or windrowing, at Contractor's expense. Do not place embankment fill until density and moisture content of previously placed material comply with specified requirements. C. Scarify areas to be filled to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing and new materials. Mix with first fill layer. 1 City of Pearland 03/02 02330-2 CITY OF PEARLAND EMABANKMENT D. Spread fill material evenly, from dumped piles or windrows, into horizontal layers approximately parallel to finished grade. Place to meet specified compacted thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials by blading, harrowing, discing, or other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of fill Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting materials to prevent abrupt changes in composition of fill. • F. Layers shall not exceed the following compacted thickness: 1. Areas indicated to be under future paving or shoulders, to be constructed within 6 months: 6 inches when compacted with pneumatic rollers, or 8 inches when compacted with other rollers. 2. Other areas: 12 inches. G. Where shown on plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before placing fill. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth, to the level of each bench. H. Build embankment layers on back slopes, adjacent to existing roadbeds, to level of old roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and recompact with next fill layer. I. Construct to lines and grades shown on drawings. J. Remove unsuitable material and excess soil not being used for embankment from the site in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction density; B. Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM. D698, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 1. Areas under future paving and shoulders: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. 2. Other areas Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum dry density. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Top of compacted surface: Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. 02330-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL EMABANKMENT A. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of embankment per lift. C. If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 4 City of Pearland 03/02 023 3 0-4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL JACKING, TUNNELING, OR BORING PIPE SECTION 02341 JACKING, BORING OR TUNNELING PIPE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: This item shall govern for furnishing and installing of pipe by the methods of jacking, boring, or tunneling as shown on the plans and in accordance with this specification. B. Materials: Pipe may be either corrugated metal pipe conforming to TxDOT Item 460, "Corrugated Metal Pipe," of the size, type, design and dimension shown on the plans, or reinforced concrete pipe, conforming to the special requirements for jacking, boring, or tunneling of TxDOT Item 464, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe," of the size, strength and dimension shown on the plans, or other types as may be specified by the Engineer or shown on the plans. C. Construction Methods: 1. General: a. If the grade of the pipe at the j acking, boring, or tunneling end is below the ground surface, suitable pits or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking, boring, or tunneling operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. Excavations greater than five (5) feet in depth shall be protected as specified in item 402, ` Trench Excavation Protection" or Item 403, "Temporary Special Shoring." b. Where pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments, highways streets, or other facilities by jacking, boring or tunneling methods, construction shall be made in such a manner that will not interfere with the operation of the railroad, street, highway, or other facility, and shall not weaken or damage any embankment or structure. c. Pipe damaged in jacking, boring or tunneling operations shall be repaired in place to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pipe damaged beyond repair will be removed and replaced. Repair or removal and replacement of damaged pipe will be done at the Contractor's expense. d. The pits or trenches excavated to facilitate Jacking boring, or tunneling operations shall be backfilled immediately after the installation of the pipe has been completed. 2. Jacking a. Heavy duty Jacks suitable for forcing the pipe through the embankment shall be provided. In operating jacks, even pressure shall be applied to City of Pearland 03/02 02341-1 g• CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING, TUNNELING, OR BORING PIPE all Jacks used. A suitable jacking head and suitable bracing between the jacks and the jacking head shall be provided so that pressure will be applied to the pipe uniformly around the ring of the pipe. Joint cushioning material of plywood or other material may be used as approved by the Engineer. Plywood cushioning material shall be 1/2 inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters 30 inches and less and 3/4 inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters greater than 30 inches. Cushioning rings may be made up of single or multiple pieces. A suitable jacking frame or back stop shall be provided. The pipe to be Jacked shall be set on guides properly braced together, to support the section of the pipe and to direct the pipe in the proper line and grade. The whole jacking assembly shall be placed so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. In general, the embankment material shall be excavated just ahead of the pipe, the material removed through the pipe, and the pipe forced through the embankment with jacks, into the space thus provided. b. The Contractor shall furnish for the Engineer's approval, a plan showing the proposed method of jacking. The plan shall include the design for the jacking head, jacking support or backstop, arrangement and position of jacks, pipe guides, etc., complete in the assembled position. c. The excavation for the underside of the pipe, for at least one-third of the circumference of the pipe, shall conform to the contour and grade of the qv pipe. Over -excavation to provide not more than 2 inches of clearance may be provided for the upper half of the pipe. This clearance shall be tapered to zero at the point where the excavation conforms to the contour of the pipe. Over -excavation in excess of 1 inch shall be pressure grouted the entire length of the installation. d. The distance that the excavation shall extend beyond the end of the pipe depends on the character of the material but shall not exceed 2 feet. This distance shall be decreased when directed by the Engineer. e. Preferably the pipe shall be jacked from the low or downstream end. The final position of the pipe shall not vary from the line and grade shown on the plans, or established by the Engineer, by more than 1 inch in 10 feet. The variation shall be regular and in one direction and the final flow line shall be in the direction shown on the plans. f. The Contractor may use a cutting edge of steel plate around the head end of the pipe extending a short distance beyond the end of the pipe with inside angles or lugs to keep the cutting edge from slipping back onto the pipe. When jacking ofpipe has begun, the operation shall be carried on without interruption, insofar as practicable, to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. City of Pearland 03/02 02341-2 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING, TUNNELING, OR BORING PIPE 3. Boring: a. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workmen. The location of the pit shall be approved by the Engineer. The boring shall be done mechanically either using a pilot hole or by the auger method b. When the pilot hole method is used an approximate 2 inch pilot hole shall be bored the entire length of the crossing and shall be checked for line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. This pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. c. When the auger method is used, a steel encasement pipe of the appropriate diameter equipped with a cutter head to mechanically perform the excavation shall be used. Augers shall be of sufficient diameter to convey the excavated material to the work pit. Excavated material shall be disposed of by the Contractor, as approved by the Engineer. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent necessary to lubricate cuttings jetting will not be permitted. e. In unconsolidated soil formations a gel -forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of at least_ 10 percent of high grade, carefully processed bentonite may be used to consolidate cuttings of the bit, seal the walls of the hole and furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and immediate installation of the pipe. f. Allowable variation from line and grade shall be as specified in Subarticle 476.3.(2). Over -cutting in excess of 1 inch shall be remedied by pressure grouting the entire length of the installation. 4. Tunneling: a. Where the characteristics of the soil, the size of the proposed pipe, or the use of monolithic sewer would make the use of tunneling more satisfactory than jacking or boring; or when shown on the plans, a tunneling method may be used, with the approval of the Engineer. b. When tunneling is permitted, the lining of the tunnel shall be of sufficient strength to support the over -burden. The Contractor shall submit the proposed liner method to the Engineer for approval. Approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of the liner method c. The space between the liner plate and the limits of excavation shall be pressure -grouted or mud -jacked. d. Access holes for placing concrete shall be spaced at maximum intervals of 10 feet. 5. Joints: a. If corrugated metal pipe is used, joints may be made by field bolting or by connecting bands, whichever is feasible. If reinforced concrete pipe is used the joints shall be in accordance with Item 464, "Reinforced Concrete Pipe." City of Pearland 03/02 02341-3 CITY OF PEARLAND JACKING, TUNNELING, OR BORING PIPE D. Measurement: 1. This item will be measured by the linear foot between ends of the pipe along the flow hne. 2. This is a plans quantity measurement item and the quantity to be paid will be that quantity shown in the proposal and on the "Estimate and Quantity" sheet of the contract plans, except as may be modified by Article 9.8. If no adjustment of quantities is required, additional measurements or calculations will not be required. E Payment. 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this specification and measured as provided under `Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Jacking or Boring Pipe,' or "Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling Pipe" of the type, size, and strength or design specified. 2. This price shall be full compensation for excavation, grouting backfilling, and disposal of surplus material; for furnishing all materials, including pipe liner materials required for tunnel operations; for all preparation, hauling, and installing of pipe and pipe liner materials; and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work except that protection methods for excavations greater than 5 feet in depth shall be measured and paid for as required under Item 402, "Trench Excavation Protection" or Item 403 "Temporary Special Shoring." , 2.0 PRODUCTS(NotUsed) 3.0 EXECUTION (Not Used) City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 02341-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS SECTION 02510 WATER MAINS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of water mains, including valves, fire hydrants, wet connections, cut and plug of mains, disinfection and hydrostatic testing for pipelines. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for water mains open cut or augered, with or without casing, is on a linear foot basis for each size of pipe installed. 1. Mains: Measure along axis of pipe and include fittings and valves. 2. Branch Pipe: Measure from axis of main to end of branch. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Pipe shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) label. 2. Pipe material acceptable without penalty to State's community fire insurance rating agency. 3. System acceptable to City and Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission. 4. Bacteriological disinfection acceptable to local health officials and Texas Department of Health. 5. Water taps and drawoff lines in compliance with local municipal specifications and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Obtain from pipe manufacturer installation instructions, manuals, and printed recommendations except for Owner furnished pipe. 2. Retain product data on job site for reference. 3. Submit certified record of tests of pipe, fittings, or valves upon request of Engineer. 4. Submit hydrant manufacturer flow and friction loss curve. • B Samples: 1. Submit water samples from each 1000 ft of completed and disinfected water main to health authorities for testing for contamination. City of Pearland 03/02 02510-1 CITY OF PEARLAND 03/02 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING WATER MAINS A. Deliver pipe to trench in sound, undamaged condition. B Cut pipe neatly avoiding sharp, ragged, or unbeveled plain ends and do not damage lining by cutting. C. Remove damaged or rejected materials from project site. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not lay pipe when it is raining or when trench is muddy, soft, or contains standing water. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FITTINGS A. Ductile iron or gray cast iron complying with AWWA C 110. B. Mechanical joint fittings: AWWA C 110 and C 111. C. Push On Joint Fittings: AWWA C111 D. All fittings shall be cement lined according to AWWA C-104. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE A. Pipe: PVC pressure pipe 4 inches through 12 inches for water shall conform to AWWA C-900. Class 150 pipe shall conform to requirements of DR18. PVC compounds shall conform to ASTM D1784. B. Joints. Joints of plastic pressure pipe using elastomeric seals shall conform to ASTM D3139 Elastic seals shall conform to ASTM F-477. • C. Fittings: Above ground Fittings shall have ductile iron mechanical joints conform to AWWA C-100 with joints meeting the requirements ofAWWA C-111 and below ground shall be push on fittings meeting the requirements of AWWA C-111, unless approved otherwise in writing by the Engineer. City of Pearland 02510-2 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS D. Tests: 1. Each standard, random, or short length of pipe and each coupling sleeve, when manufactured from same material as pipe, shall be tested in accordance with USDC CS-272. 2. Use Class 150 except pipe 6 in. or less shall be Class 200. 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Type. Dry -barrel, break -top construction, traffic type conforming to AWWA C 502 with main valve opening at least 5 1/4 in. I.D, according to Section 02514. B. Must break cleanly upon impact at or near ground line without loss of water. C. Pressure Design. 150 lbs. working pressure and 300 lbs. hydrostatic test pressure. Compression type main valve such that main valve closes with water pressure. Materials: Bronze working parts E F. Each fire hydrant shall be equipped with two (2) two and one-half (2 1/4) inch nominal inside diameter hose nozzles and one l) 4.492 inch on each nozzle.mContractor inal insideshiall verify eter pumper nozzle with National Standard Threads pumper and hose nozzle sizes and thread requirements with the City of Pearland prior to ordering fire hydrants. G. Nozzles: 18 in. minimum above nominal grade. Nozzle Section: Rotatable 360 deg. I Centrifugally -cast ductile iron barrel. J Valve stem shall operate to OPEN COUNTER CLOCKWISE K. Bronze -to -bronze drain mechanism utilizing no facing, 0-rings, or other non-metallic parts. L Drain activated by main operating rod. M. Entire inside assembly, including valve seat and all moving parts removable from top. N. 6 in. bottom connection and lead-in with 6 in. gate valve and box. O. Flat bottom, ribbed back and strapping lugs to facilitate installation. 02510-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS P. Provisions for lubricating operation threads without disassembly. Q. Finish: Paint with one coat of primer and two finishing coats of manufacturer's standard paint. Color shall be ACE #225A120 Blue for the Bonnet and ACE #225A100 White for the hose nozzles and stem. R. Coat below ground line with asphalt base coating. S. Inlet Connection Type. Mechanical joint. T Acceptable Product: 1. All fire hydrants for this project shall be manufactured by Mueller, 110 Centurion or CLOW 5 1/4" Medallion. 2. Contractor shall submit shop drawing for fire hydrant prior to ordering fire hydrant. 2.04 VALVES A. General: 1. Manual operators: a. Provide handwheel manual operators for in -plant valves. b. Equip buried valves with 2 in. square operating nuts. 2. Furnish no less than one operating key with each lot of 10 buried valves with 41111 nut operators. 3. Rotation: a. Direction: OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE (OPEN LEFT). 4. Shop coating* a. Shop coat ferrous metal surfaces of valves both interior and exterior for corrosion protection. b. Protect internal iron surfaces of valves with coating of 4 mils dfi. of two-part thermosetting epoxy: AWWA C 550. c. Protect external iron surfaces of valves with coatings of asphalt varnish, FS TT-V-51. 5. Working and test pressures: a. Valves 2 in. through 12 in.: 200 psi working pressure, 400 psi hydrostatic test pressure. b. Valves 14 m. through 36 in.: 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi hydrostatic test pressure. Gate Valves (3 in. Through 36 in.): 1. Buried valves: a. Comply with AWWA C500, non -rising stem (NRS); splitwedge, double disc type. b. Cast iron body and bonnet, inside screw. City of Pearland 03/02 • 02510-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS c. Bronze: Seat and disc rings, stem and mountings, and disc wedges. d. '0" ring sealed stem and 2 in. square operating nut. e. Valves 4 in. through 16 in.: Vertical type without by-passes. f. Valves 18 in. through 36 in.: Horizontal type with enclosed steel bevel gears, standard size by-pass valves and roller tracks and scrapers. g. Install in section of horizontal pipe. h. Mechanical joint ends with gasketing complying with AWWA C 111. i. Acceptable product: 1. "500 Series", Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co. 2. "2480 Series", CLOW 3. "A-2380 Series", Mueller Co. C. Gate Valves (Smaller than 3 in.): 1. 2 in. and 2 /2 in. gate valves: a. 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, iron body, brass trimmed, double disc gate non -rising stem. b. Acceptable double disc gate valve: "No. 2485", by Crane, "561X" by Kennedy Valve. c. Acceptable screwed gate valve: "No. 480" by Crane, "57X" by Kennedy Valve. 2. Smaller than 2 in." a. 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, brass body, rising stem, solid wedge, capable of being repacked under pressure when valve is fully open. b. Acceptable threaded end gate valves: "No. 428" by Crane. D. Tapping Valves and Tapping Sleeves: 1. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be of the size indicated on the drawings and shall be Mueller H-610 or equal or Mueller H-662 or equal. • E Globe. Valves: 1. 1/2in. thru 2 in.: a. Rated for 200 psi water service. b. Screwed ends. c. Bronze body and disk. d. Acceptable product: "No. 1250", Crane. F. Valve Boxes: 1. Cast iron, threaded screw extension sleeve type, adjustable suitable for depth of cover over pipe, with base and cover. 2. 3/16 in. thick, 5 in. diameter minimum. 3. Coat valve box, base, and cover with hot bituminous varnish FS TT-V-51. 4. Provide with suitable cast iron bases and covers. 5. Covers: Cast name designating type of service, e.g., "WATER" for water service. 02510-5 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS WATER MAINS A. Concrete: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B Meter Box: 1. Cast iron to Owner's dimensions: ASTM A 48. 2. Prefabricated cast concrete or plastic meter box to Owner's dimensions. C. Underground Copper Tubing: Type "K" soft annealed, ASTM B 88, straight 20 ft. lengths in 1 %Z in and 2 in. sizes. D. Underground Curb Stops and Fittings: ASTM B 62, red brass (bronze). E Polyethylene wrap as specified in Section 02512 - Polyethylene Wrap, Type I low density 8 mils. thickness. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean pipe interiors of foreign matter before being lowered into trench. B. Clean hydrant and valve interiors of foreign matter before installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: 1. Carefully examine each piece of pipe for soundness and specifications compliance after delivery at trench before placing in trench. 2. Remove rejected pipe and fittings from site of work and replace with sound pipe. 3. Pipe and fittings will be rejected because of any of the following: a. Cracks in pipe or fittings. b. Damaged or cracked ends. c. Damaged gaskets or gasket groves. d. Less than minimum wall thickness. e. Defects and deformations. B. Cleaning• 1. Clean interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before laying. 2. Keep interiors and ends clean during installation. 3. Keep joint contact surfaces clean during installation. 4. Take precautions to prevent foreign material from entering pipe during installation. City of Pearland 03/02 02510-6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 5. Do not place rubbish, tools, rags, or other materials in pipe. 6. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, place plugs in uncompleted ends of pipe. C. Installation: 1. Install pipe, couplings; and fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Install gaskets and necessary lubricants. 3. Full length of each barrel of pipe shall rest solidly on pipe bed with recesses excavated to accommodate bells and joints. 4. Take up and relay pipe that has grade or joint disturbed. 5. Do not joint pipe with water in trench. 6. Keep water out of trench until jointing is completed. 7. Do not lay water pipe closer than 10 ft. horizontally from sanitary sewer. 8. Do not locate joints at cross-overs with sanitary sewers closer than 9 ft from cross -over point. 9. Where water lines cross sanitary sewers, construct sewer from cast iron, ductile iron, or PVC pressure pipe rated for 200 psi for distance of 9 ft. each side of crossing with no joint located within 9 ft. of crossing or construction sewer with initial backfill zone filled with cement stabilized sand (2 or more bags of cement per cubic yard of sand) for all sections of sewer within 9 ft. of the water line). 10. Where pipe ends are left for future connections, install valve and plug or cap end. Twenty foot minimum line section required between valve and plug or cap end. 11. Install concrete thrust blocking at bends and tees and at ends of lines to provide adequate reactionbacking. D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Install in compliance with ASTM D 2774. E Steel Pipe: Installation in a dry augered hole shall comply with Specification 02417 Augering Pipe for Water Lines. F. Setting Valves, Valve Boxes, and Fire Hydrants: 1. Set plumb. 2. Center valve boxes on valves. 3. Where feasible, locate valves outside area of roads and streets. 4. Carefully tamp earth fill around each valve box to distance of 4 ft. on all sides or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft 5. Set hydrants at elevation so that connecting pipe will not have less cover than mains. 6. Set hydrants on slab of concrete. 7. Depth of bury of hydrant is defined as distance from bottom of inlet pipe to ground line. City of Pearland 03/02 02510-7 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 8. Place concrete thrust block back of hydrant opposite pipe connections set against vertical face of trench to prevent from blowing off line. 9. If character of soil is such that hydrant cannot be securely wedged with thrust block, use 3/4 in. stock bridle rods and rod collars protected by coat of acid -resisting paint. 10. Place not less than 5 cu. ft. of broken stone around base of hydrant to ensure drainage. 11. Compact backfill to grade hne. 12. Tighten stuffing boxes. 13. Test hydrant and valve in opened and closed position to ensure that parts are in working condition. G. Anchorage of Fittings• 1. Anchor tees, elbows and plugs in water mains with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Place blocks so that joints will be accessible for inspection and repair. 3.03 WET CONNECTIONS A. Definitions: 1. Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with installed valves, draining the isolated sections, and completing the connections. 2. Connection of 2 inch or smaller lines, which may be referred to on Drawings as "2 inch standard connections" or "gooseneck connections" will be measurec as 2" wet connections. This item is not to be used as any part of a 2-inch service line B. Materials: 1. Corporation stops and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02515. 2. Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02541. 3. Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C800. C. Execution: 1. Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience public. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of making connections. 2. Do not operate valves on mains in use by Owner. Owner will handle, at no cost to Contractor, all operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections. 3. Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work shall progress without interruption until complete, once existing mains have been cut or plugs has been removed for making connections. City of Pearland 03/02 02510-8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS D. 2-Inch Wet Connections 1. Tap water main. Provide and install corporation stops; saddles; copper tubing as required for line and grade adjustment; and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing main. Provide 2-inch valves when indicated on Drawings for 2- inch copper gooseneck connections. 3.04 CUT, PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS A. Materials: 1. Concrete for reaction blocks: Class B conforming to requirements of Section 03305. 2. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged. B. Execution 1. Do not begin cut, plug and abandonmentest tesations until replacement main ted, all service lines have been has been constructed, disinfected, transferred to replacement main. 2. Install plug, clamp, and concrete reaction block and make cut at location shown on Drawings. 3. Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged other than at supply main or as shown on Drawings. After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged, check for other sources feeding abandoned main. If sources are found, notify Engineer immediately. Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by Engineer. Plug or cap all ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner approved by Engineer. 6. Remove and dispose of all surfad streets,anther than shell, may be pouredtions such as vae boxes and hydrants. Valve boxes in improved full of concrete after removing cap. 7. Backfill all excavations in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utiltities. 8. Repair all street surfaces in accordance. with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. 3.05 DISINFECTION A. All waterlines constructed shall be promptly disinfected before any tests are conducted on waterlines and before waterlines are connected to water distnbution system. B. Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished without charge to Contractor. 02510-9 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS C. Preparation: 1. Furnish all required temporary blind flanges, cast-iron sleeves plugs, and other items needed to facilitate disinfection of new mains prior to connecting them to water distribution system. Normally, each valved section of waterline requires two each 3/4-inch taps. A 2-inch minimum blow -off is required for waterlines up to and including 6- inch diameter. 2. Fire hydrants shall be used as blow -offs to flush newly constructed waterlines 8-inch diameter and above. Where fire hydrants are not available on waterlines, locations and designs for blow -offs shall be as indicated on Drawings. Install temporary blow -off valves and remove promptly upon successful completion of disinfection and testing. Abandon tap by use of a full circle stainless steel clamp. 3. Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer. Average water velocity when filling pipeline should be less than 1 fps and shall not, under any circumstance, exceed 2 fps Before beginning disinfection operations, expel all air from pipeline. 4. All excavations made shall be backfilled immediately after installation of risers or blow -offs. 5. Install blow -off valves at end of main to facilitate flushing at all dead- end water mains. Install permanent blow -off valves as per drawing. D Disinfection: 1. Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts of water. Introduce chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with AWWA C651. After contact period of not less than 24 hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine is no greater than 1.0 parts per million parts of water. Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period. 2. If a chemical compound is used for a sterihzing agent, it shall be placed in pipes as directed by Engineer. E Bacteriological Testing: 1. After disinfection and flushing of waterlines, bacteriological tests will be performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional disinfection of waterlines based upon Texas Department of Health requirements, Contractor shall perform additional disinfection operations at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Completion: 1. Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. City of Pearland 03/02 02510-10 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Hydrostatically test all new water pipelines for liquids after disinfection, if required, and before connecting to water distribution system. B. Pipelines shall be tested in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 1,500 feet unless greater length is approved by Engineer. C. Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Engineer in accordance with requirements of this Section. D. Preparation: 1. Disinfect water system pipelines prior to hydrostatic testing. E Test Procedures: um meter and gages 1. Furnish, install, and operate connections, pump, g g necessary for hydrostatic testing. 2. Allow pipeline to sit minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected until testing begins to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water. Contractor should be aware that periods of up to 7 days may be required for mortar lining to become saturated. 3. Expel all air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi or 150 psi as directed by Engineer. 4. Maintain test pressure for 8 hours If a large quantity of water is required to maintain pressure during test, testing shall be discontinued until cause of water loss is identified and corrected. F. Allowable Leakage for Water Mains: 1. During hydrostatic tests, no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains consisting of welded joints. 2. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints: 11.65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at the required pressure Correction for Failed Tests: 1. Repair all joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage shown on test. Check all valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items. 2. Engineer may direct Contractor to disinfect failed lines after repair and prior to retesting. Conduct subsequent disinfection operations in accordance with requirements under Disinfection 3. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained. 02510-11 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND City of Pearland 03/02 WATER MAINS Completion: 1. Upon satisfactory completion testing, remove risers remaining from disinfection and hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. END OF SECTION 02510-12 1 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANTS ASSEMBLY SECTION 02514 FIRE HYDRANTS ASSEMBLY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire hydrants. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement is on a lump sum basis for each fire hydrant installed. B. Measurement for fire hydrant branches (leads) is on a linear foot basis for each branch installed. Separate payment will be made for open cut and angered branches. C. Measurement for removing and salvaging of fire hydrants is on a lump sum basis for each fire hydrant removed. This includes removing hydrant and valve if available, plugging branch line and removing materials from site. Return salvage fire hydrants to Owner. D. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01350 - Submittals. 1. Control drawing(s) for proposed hydrant: Include model number, parts list, and material specifications, unique drawing number and descriptive legend identifying hydrant. Such drawing(s) should be same as approval drawing(s) on file with the Owner. 2. Material safety data sheets for lubricants. 3. Affidavit of compliance for coating materials. 4. Certified hydraulic performance test report for proposed hydrant. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRANT MATERIALS A. Hydrants: AWWA C502; dry barrel design, tamper resistant; same manufacturer throughout project. 1. "O' Ring Seal Packing: Prevent water leakage between barrel and lubrication chamber. Provide dynamic seals of Buna "N" or other oil resistant material and static seals of Buna "N" or other approved synthetic rubber. City of Pearland nz in) 02514-1 CITY OF PEARLAND I. FIRE HYDRANTS ASSET BLY 2. Bronze: Hydrant components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percer' zinc and not more than 8 percent lead. 3. Acceptable Manufacturer: Mueller Super Centurian 250 or approved equal. B. Operating Stems: Everdur, or other high -quality non -corrodible metal where threads are located in barrel or waterway. Bronze -to -bronze working parts in waterway; genuine wrought iron or steel where threads are not located in barrel or waterway, bronze bushed at penetration of stuffing box; seal threads against contact with water regardless of open or closed position of main valve. Connect operating stems with breakable coupling. C. Main Valve (shut-off valve): Circular; compression -type, closes with line pressure; minimum opening of 5-1/4 inches in diameter. Seal bottom end of stem threads from contact with water with cap nut. t D. Valve Mechanism: Bronze valve seat ring threaded into bronze drain ring; seat ring and main valve assembly. removable from above ground through upper barrel with lightweight seat removal wrench; breakable stem coupling opposite barrel breakaway; bronze or corrosion -resistant pins and locking devices; bronze valve stem sleeve, 0-ring seals and travel stop; sealed lubricating reservoir at top and bottom which fully lubncates threads and bearing surfaces when opening or closing main valve; thrust bearing or lubricated thrust collar for operating assembly. Lubricants:Food Grade. Valve Seat' I Molded "Natural" rubber; scale durometer rating of 90 ±5 minimum thickness of inch. Natural Rubbers: Resistant to microbiological attack. E Lower Hydrant Barrel: Single piece coupled to upper barrel to allow 360-degree rotation of upper barrel. Bury Length Distance from bottom of inlet to ground line as specified. Ground Line: Clearly marked on barrel. Indicate inside diameter and wall thickness (with tolerances) for upper barrel, lower barrel, and bonnet sections. Show dimensions at minimum sections to demonstrate compliance with Paragraph 3.2.6 of AWWA C502. F. Extensions: Permit use of one or more standard extensions available from manufacturer in lengths from 6'inches to 60 inches in 6-inch increments. G. Provide hydrants with automatic, positively operating, non -corrodible drain or drip valve to drain hydrant completely when main valve is shut Bronze or corrosion resistant drain line. Tapping of drain holes is not required. H. Inlet Connections Elbow with AWWA Standard bell designed for 6-inch mechanical joint, or push -on. Joints: ANSI A21 11; AWWA C111. Operating Nut and Hold-down Nuts: Stainless steel or cast or ductile iron with bronr inserts or, as an alternative, provide security device with bronze operating nut. Any su t. 1 City of Pearland 02514-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANTS ASSEMBLY security devices shall not require special tools for normal off/on operation of hydrant. Fabricate hold-down assemblies of suitable metallic materials for service intended. J. Field -Replaceable Nozzles: NFPA No. 194, ANSI B26-1925; mechanically attached to hydrant body counterclockwise; sealed with "0" rings and mechanically located into place; provide two hose nozzles with 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter and one pumper nozzle with 4.429-inch nominal inside diameter; National Standard Threads; lock in place with security device. K. Pumper Nozzle: Allow a minimum unobstructed radius of 10 inches from threaded surface of nozzle throughout path of travel of wrench or other device used to fasten hose to nozzle. L. Nozzle Caps: Security chains to hydrant barrel, minimum 1/8 inch diamter; "Natural" rubber or neoprene gasket seals. M. Hydrant shoe with 6-inch cast or ductile iron pipe diameter inlet, flanged, swivel or slip joint with harnessing lugs for restrained Joints. Underground flanging shall incorporate minimum of six full 3/4-inch diameter electro-galvanized or cadmium coated steel bolts or four 5/8-inch diameter stainless or cadmium coated steel bolts. Provide traffic model hydrants equipped with safety flange on hydrant barrel and stem. Equip body of hydrant with breakable flange, or breakable bolts, above finish grade. O. Lubricate hydrants with food grade oil or with grease meeting requirements of FDA 21 CFR 178.3570 and manufactured with FDA approved oxidation inhibitors. P. Accomplish replenishment of lubricant for hydrant working parts without removing hydrant bonnet. Store lubricant system in reservoir Lubricate bearing surfaces and working parts dunng normal operation of fire hydrant. Hydrant Painting: Shop coated as follows: 1. Exterior Above Traffic Flange (including bolts and nuts) a. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surface. b. Coat with a three (3) coat alkyd/alkyd/silicone alkyd system with a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 6 - 9 mils as follows: 1) Prime Coat : Oil Modified Alkyd Primer Acro Products No. 1104, Heavy Duty Tank & Steel Primer or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification No. 25. Total dry film thickness (DFT): 2 - 3 mils. 2) Intermediate Coat. Heavy Duty Industrial Alkyd Enamel, Acro Products No. 2214, or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification Q. 02514-3 City of Pearland nitro CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANTS ASSEMBLY No. 104; Federal Standard FF-E 489. Total dry film thickness (DFT) 2 - 3 mils. Finish Coat: Silicone Alkyd Resin Enamel, Acro Products No. 2215 or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification No. 21. Total dry film thickness (DFT): 2 - 3 mils. Exception: hydrant bonnet shall not be finish shop coated - only intermediate coated. Finish coating shall be field applied and color coded when installed. 4) Colors Primer. Manufacturers standard color. Finish coat of hydrant body: Blue (Acro 555 crystal blue or equivalent). Base connection caps Finish coated white' paint white band of finish coat two inches (2') in width on hydrant body approximately six inches (6") above traffic flange and parallel thereto. Intermediate coat: Contrasting color to blue finish color, such as white. 2. Exterior Below Traffic Flange: a. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surface. b. Coat with a three (3) coat system as follows: 1) Primer and Intermediate Coat: Cal tar epoxy, Acro Products No. 4467, or approved equal; SSPC Paint Specification No. 16. Apply two (2) coats with a dry film thickness (DFT) of 8 - 10 mils each for a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 16 - 20 mils. 2) Finish Coat: Water based vinyl acrylic mastic, Acro Products No.41 7782, or approved equal. Apply one (1) coat with a dry film thickness (DFT) of 6 - 8 mils. Finish coat color: Same as finish coat for exterior above traffic flange, i.e. blue (Acro 555 crystal blue or equivalent). 3. Interior Surfaces Above and Below Main Valve: a. All materials used for internal coating of hydrant interior ferrous surfaces must conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 61 as suitable for contact with potable water as required by Chapter 290, Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems, Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC). b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 10. (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surfaces. c. Coating: Liquid or powder epoxy system; AWWA Standard C550, latest revision. Coating may be applied in two (2) or three (3) coats, according to manufacturers recommendations, for a total dry film thickness (DFT) of 12 - 18 mils. 4. General Coating Requirements: a. Coatings: Applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations No requirements of this specification shall cancel or supersede written directions and recommendations of specific manufacturer so as to jeopardize integrity of applied system. 03/02 City of Pearland 02514-4 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANTS ASSEMBLY b. Hydrant supplier shall furnish an affidavit of compliance that all materials and work furnished complies with requirements herein. ments of this specification and applicable standards referenced 102 HYDRANT PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A. Hydraulic Performance Standards: gpm or greater from single 1. Provide hydrants capable hl hydrant freeidischarge presstu� of Onexceeding 20 PSIG as pumper nozzle aty measured at or corrected to hydrant tits of 1500 centerline or greater from single ation. 2. Provide hydrants capable of a dischargewhen corrected pumper nozzle at a maximum permissible head loss of 8.0 psig for inlet and outlet velocity head) for an inlet operating pressure not exceeding 37 psig as measured at or corrected to hydrant inlet at its centerline elevation. B. Hydraulic Performance Testing: AWWA C502; conduct certified model (refl of bury and quantity of flow test by qualified testing laboratory on production length) of hydrant (same catalog number) proposed for certification. Submit certified test report containing following information: 1. Date of test, no more than five years prior to date of proposed use, on fire hydrant with similar hydraulic characteristics. 2. Name, catalog number, place of manufacture, and date of production of hydrant(s) tested.. 3. Schematic drawing of testing apparatus, containing dimensions of piping elements including: a. Inside diameter and length of inlet piping. b. Distance from flow measuring points to pressure measurement point. c. Distance from flow and pressure monitoring points to hydrant inlet. d. Distance from pressure monitoring point to nozzles. e. Inside diameter and length of discharge tubing. 4. Elevation of points of measurement, inlet, and devices used in test 5. Reports or certificates documenting hydrants of same fabrication design. Inlet 6. Conduct test on at least threeseparate water temperature 70 degrees F + 5 degrees F. em C. Provide hydrants equipped with breakable barrelfeature and complete break of barrel stand coupling such that vehicular impact will result in clean valve stem at breakable feature. Provide hydrant shutoff valve which remains closed and tight against leakage upon impact. 2.03 LEADS A. Branches Leads): Conform to requirements of Section 02634 - Ductile -Iron VC Pipe and Fittings, Section 02635 - Steel Pipe and Fittings, and Section 02534Pipe. 02514-5 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION FIRE HYDRANTS ASSEMBLY A. .6 ar Set fire hydrant plumb and brace at locations and grades as shown on Drawings en barrel of hydrant passes through concrete slab, place a piece of standard idewalk , expansion joint material, 3/4 inch thick, around section of barrel passing through concrete. B. Locate nozzle centerline minimum 18 inches above finish grade. C. Place 12-inch x 12-inch yellow indicators (plastic, sheet metal, plywood, or other material approved by Engineer) on pumper nozzles of new or relocated fire hydrants installed on new mains not in service. Remove indicators after new main is tested and approved by Engineer. D. Do not cover drain ports when placing concrete thrust block. E All changes in profile from approved plans due to obstructions not shown on plans which require a change in depth of bury of fire hydrant shall be approved in writing by Engineer for design prior to installation of hydrant. Any adjustment required in flow line of water main or to barrel length of fire hydrant shall be incidental to unit price of fire h drant and no separate payment shall be made for such adjustments. y F. Remove and dispose of fire hydrants shown on Drawings as per paragraph 1.02 C. Owner may, at any time prior to or during installation of hydrants for a specific randomly select a furnished hydrant for disassembly and laboratory p inspection at Owner's expense, to verify compliance with Owner's requirements. If such hydrant is found to be non -compliant, replace at Contractor's expense, all or a portion of furnished. hydrants with hydrants that comply with Owner's requirements. H. Install branches (leads) in accordance with Section 02510 - Water Mains. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 02514-6 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS SECTION 02520 VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Valve boxes for water service. B. Meter boxes for water service. C. Meter vaults for water service. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for valve boxes under this section. B. Measurement for meter vaults is on a lump sum basis or installation of each meter vault type and size. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit manufacturers product data for following items for approval: 1. Each type of valve box and lid. 2. Each type of meter box and cover. 3. Each type of meter vault frame and cover. C. Submit shop drawings for cast -in -place meter vaults for approval if proposed construction varies from Drawings. D. Submit manufacturer's certification that plastic meter boxes purchased for Work meet the requirements of paragraph of this Section on Plastic Meter Boxes. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE BOXES A. Provide Type "A", adjustable, cast-iron, screw -type, valve boxes as manufactured by Bass and Hays Foundry, Inc., or approved equal. Design of valve box shall minimize stresses on valve imposed by loads on box lid. City of Pearland 03/02 02520-1 arinlir_ . . r INNINNIN CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 03/02 B Cast a letter "W" into lid, 1/2 inch in height and raised 3/32 inch, for valves servinr potable water lines. C. Coat boxes, bases, and lids by dipping in hot bituminous varnish. D. Provide 6-inch PVC, Class 150, DR 18, riser pipes. E Concrete for valve box placement: 1. For locations in new concrete pavement, use strength and mix design of new pavement. 2. For other locations, use class "A" concrete, with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi, conforming to requirements of Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.02 METER BOXES GENERAL A. The Owner will furnish all meter boxes for meters 1 1/2-inch and smaller. 2.03 METER VAULTS A. Meter vaults may be constructed of precast concrete, cast -in -place concrete, or solid masonry unless a specific type of construction is required by Drawings. B Concrete for meter vaults: Class A concrete, conforming to requirements of Section 03300, with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. C. Reinforcing steel for meter vaults: Conform to requirements of Section 03300. D. Grates and Covers: Conform to requirements of Section 02542. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Obtain approval from the Engineer for location of meter vault. B. Verify lines and grade are correct. C. Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by vaults. City of Pearland 02520-2 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 3.02 VALVE BOXES A. Provide riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover indicated on Drawings or to accommodate actual finish grade. B. Install adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in a vertical position. Provide 6- inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box, for vertical movement damping. Riser may rest on valve flange, or provide suitable footpiece to support riser pipe. C. Paint covers of new valve boxes as directed by the City. This work is incidental and no separate payment will be made. 3.03 METER BOXES A. Install plastic boxes in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Construct concrete meter boxes to dimensions shown on Drawings. C. Adjust top of meter boxes to conform to cover elevations specified in paragraph of this section for Frame and Cover for Meter Vaults. Do not locate under paved areas unless approved by Engineer. Use approved traffic -type box with cast iron lid when meter must be. located in paved areas. 3.04 • METER VAULTS A. Construct concrete meter vaults to dimensions and requirements shown on drawings. Do not cast in presence of water. Make bottom as uniform as practicable. B. Precast Meter Vaults: 1. Install precast vaults in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Set level on a minimum 3 inch thick bed of sand conforming to the requirements of Section 02318 2. Seal lifting holes cement -sand mortar or non -shrink grout. C. Meter Vault Floor Slab: 1. Construct floor slabs of 6-inch-thick reinforced concrete. Slope floor 1/4 inch per foot toward sump. Make sump 12 inches in diameter or 12 inches square, and 4 inches deep, unless other dimensions are required by Drawings. Install dowels at maximum of 18 inches, center -to -center, or install mortar trench for keying walls to floor slab. 2. Precast floor slab elements maybe used for precast vault construction. City of Pearland 03/02 02520-3 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS D. Cast -in -Place Meter Vault Walls: 1. Key walls to floor slab and form to dimensions shown on Drawings. Minimum wall thickness shall be 4 inches. 2. Cast walls monolithically. One cold joint will be allowed when vault depth exceeds 12 Feet. 3. Set frame for cover while concrete is still green. 3.05 FRAME AND COVER FOR METER VAULTS A. Set cast iron frame in a mortar bed and adjust elevation of cover as follows: 1. In unpaved areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 2 to 3 inches above natural grade. 2. In sidewalk areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 1/2 to 1 inch above adjacent concrete. 3.06 BACKFILL A. Provide bank run sand and backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02318. B. In unpaved areas, slope backfill around meter boxes and vaults to provide a uniform slope 1 to 5 from top to natural grade. C. In sidewalk areas slope concrete down from meter boxes to meet adjacent concrete. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 02520-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE SECTION 02534 PVC PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. B. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 48 inches. C. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4 inches through 36 inches. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section. Include cost in unit price for water mains, gravity sanitary sewer, and force mains. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings flanges, and special details. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure 1s tatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA Section. f C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed b for certified use, have independents tedsting or conformance to applicable ASTM requirem y laboratory located in United States. to the Certificationfrom for revy �eweT source is not Cost of testing acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports shall be borne by Contractor or Supplier. City of Pearland 03/02 02534-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3 Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joimng surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C. For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains, provide self -extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters' Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. D. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477 Use elastomeric factory - installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have th following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe 'manufacturer E Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic, non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C 900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameters. B. Pipe 16-inch: AWWA C 905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameter. City of Pearland 03/02 02534-2 CITY OF PEARLAND Joints: ASTM D 3139; push -on type Joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. C.type joints. Do not use socket type or solvent weld um D. Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed xthd o providing recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details o curves and bends for review by the Engineer. E. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C 900, AWWA C 905, ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. PVC PIPE 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE pushSI A21 10, - on iron; ANSI A21 11 single rubber gasketp A. Bends jointnd nttmini um 150 psi pressure rating. on typeJ B. Coatings s and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02634 - Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE in the PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions following table: A. WALL CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER J-M Pipe CertamTeed Can -Tex Carlon Diamond PRODUCT OPTIONS Approved Approved Approved Approved Approved ASTM DESIGNATION D3034 AWWA C900 AWWA C905 SDR 26 / PS 115 SDR 35 / PS 46 SDR 35 / PS 46 DR 18 / N/A DR 18 / N/A DIAMETER SIZE RANGE 02534-3 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE WALL CONSTRUCTION Profile MANUFACTURER Contech A-2000 ETI Ultra -Rib Lamson Vylon PRODUCT OPTIONS Only when included in the Bid Schedule ASTM DESIGNATION F949 F794 F794 SDR (MAx )/ STIFFNESS (MIN.) N/A / 50 psi N/A / 46 psi N/A / 46 psi DIAMETER SIZE RANGE 12" to 36" 12" to 48" 21" to 48" 11 B When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C. For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure -rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conformmg to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM E ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory -assembles and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444. F. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle -type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02533 Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell -and -spigot, containing a bonded -in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. City of Pearland 02534-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE C. Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03, except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal linings: 1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting, as manufactured by Amencan Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline". 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils mimmum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D. Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02512 - Polyethylene Wrap. E Hydrostatic Tests Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.02 E. F. Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1. J & M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. CertarTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4. Carlon Company 5. North Amencan Pipe Corporation (NAPCO) PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02510 - Water Mains, Section 02530 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, and Section 02630 - Storm Sewers. B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer s recommendations. C. Water service pipe 12 inches m diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property hne grade of street, unless otherwise required by Drawings. City of Pearland 03/02 02534-5 CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE D. For water service, exclude use of PVC within 200 feet (along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage Undergrour storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercia. establishments. E Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. F. Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 02534-6 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES SECTION 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for gate valves under this Section. Include payment in unit price as hsted in the Bid Schedule for water mains. 2. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. B. ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Casting. C. ASTM D 429 - Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates. D. ASTM B 763 - Copper Alloy Sand Casting for Valve Application. E AWWA C 500 - Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. F. AWWA C 509 - Resilient -seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. G. AWWA C 550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 02541-1 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United State, and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C 500, AWWA C 509, and this Section, and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C 500 and AWWA C 509. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A. Gate Valves: AWWA C 500, AWWA C 509 and additional requirements of this Section. Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults, aboveground and plant valves open counterclockwise. B If type of valve is not indicated on Drawings, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed. C. Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller: 125 psig; bronze; rising -stem; single -wedge; disc type, screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal. D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: AWWA C 550; Indurall 3300 or approved equal, non -toxic, imparts no taste to water, functions as physical, chemical and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick fusion -bonded epoxy. Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to interior and exterior surfaces of body. E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter: Iron body, double gate, non -rising stem, 150-pound test, 2-inch square nut operating clockwise to open. F. Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non -directional, resilient seated (AWWA C 509) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C 500), 200 psig, bronze mounting, push -on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut -operated unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc valves manufactured by Amencan Darling 52, Clow F-6102, or approved equal. Comply with following requirements: 1. Design. Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless -steel fasteners or screws; threaded connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening 2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with ASTM A307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. City of Pearland 02541-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum. 4. Stems: ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2-inches of 12 percent, non-nsing. 5. 0-rings: AWWA C 509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2. 6. Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar. 7 Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze. 8. Resilient Wedge: Molded, synthetic rubber, vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D 429 Method B; seat against epoxy -coated surface in valve body. 9. Bolts: AWWA C 509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G. Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter: AWWA C 500 by Mueller; push -on bell ends with rubber rings and nut -operated unless otherwise specified, double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following: 1. Body: Cast or ductile iron; flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast m body Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers. 2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non -rising. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and, one 0-ring below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze 5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened into machined dovetailed grooves. 6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze -mounted wedges. Thin plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel alloy - to -iron. 7. Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast- ironbase and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for imposed forces. 8. Gear Cases* Cast iron; furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0-rings at shaft openings. 9. Stuffing Boxes' Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. H. Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1. Sizes: Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20-inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. City of Pearland 03/02 02541-3 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES I. Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines: Double disc, square bottom. J. Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4-foot Depth' Provide non -rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations: Conform to provisions of this specification; outside screw and yoke valves; carry label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.; flanged, Class 125; clockwise to close. M. Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A. Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C 504, except as modified or supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or approved equal. B. If type of valve is not indicated on Drawings, butterfly valves shall be used for line valve sizes 16-inch and larger. If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed. C. Butterfly valves shall be short -body, flanged design and installed at locations as shown on Drawings. D. Direct -bury valves, valves in subsurface vaults. Above -ground and plant valves shall open counterclockwise. E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large -Diameter Water Mains): Valves larger than 72 inches m diameter shall have all components designed so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield strength or one -fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International, American -Darling, or equal. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Valves: AWWA C 504, Class 150B. Body: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 lb. 03/02 City of Pearland 02541-4 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES B Discs for Butterfly Valves* Either cast iron or ductile iron. C. Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy orsimilar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats on disc shall be mechanically retained by stainless steel (18-8) retaining ring held in place by stainless steel (18-8) cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc, seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless -steel retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats: Type 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed -on or plated mating surfaces will not be allowed. D. Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including disc, with epoxy suitable for potable -water conditions Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application: In accordance with AWWA C 550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide two coats of two -component, high -build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10 mils. Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. E. Valve shaft and keys, dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: Stainless steel, bronze nylon, or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C 504 F. Packing: Field -adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly. G. Retaining Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects. H. Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 degrees between full -open and tight -closed position. Install valves with valve shafts honzontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow, except where shown otherwise on Drawings. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second, and, unless otherwise shown on Drawings, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide fully enclosed and traveling -nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm -gear type for valves 24 inches and smaller. B. Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. City of Pearland 03/02 02541-5 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VAI VES C. Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator housing and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to soil or elements. D Provide oil -tight and watertight actuator housings for valves, specifically designed for buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factory packed with suitable grease. E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only. F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly. G. Design worm -gear or traveling -nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or less, will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed. Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A. Provide standard A adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section 02520 - Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A. For large -diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Drawings conforming to requirements of Section 02542 - Concrete Manholes. 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A. Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials: body and cover, ASTM A48, Class 30, cast iron; float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A240 or A276 stainless steel; orifice and seat, stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Drawings. B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single -body, standard combination or duplex - body custom combination valves as indicated on Drawings. 1. For 2-inch and 3-inch, single -body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Drawings and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials: body, cover and baffle, ASTM A48, Class 35, or ASTM A126, Grade B cast iron; plug or poppet, ASTM A276 stainless steel; float, ASTM A240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal valves. 03/02 City of Pearland 02541-6 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 2. For 3-inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Drawings, provide Apco Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No AR/GH- 21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve materials body and cover, ASTM A48, Class 35, cast iron; float, ASTM A240 stainless steel; seat, Type-304, stainless steel and Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. C. Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Drawings. Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice asshown on Drawings. Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0 25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No. 200A air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; seat and plug, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836; sprang, ASTM A 313, Type-304, stainless steel bushing,. ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 932; retaining screws, ASTM A 276, Type-304, stainless steel. D. Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Drawings. 2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Provide C1a-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal, PRV with strainer in location and arrangement as shown on Drawings Valve body: ASTM A 48, cast iron or ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover: ASTM A 48 cast iron. Valve internals: Type-303, stainless steel or ASTM B 62 bronze. Rubber parts* Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B. Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer. C. PRV: Equip with valve position indicator. Initially set in field by authorized manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. D. Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Drawings. Strainer body: quick - opening type, fabricated -steel construction with ANSI B16.1, Class 150, flanges. Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90 or equal, for PRV 4-inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, or equal, for PRV 14 inches or greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining. F. Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520. 02541-7 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES A. Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfilling for Utilities. B. Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer. 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A. Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B. Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Drawings. Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line. C. For pipe section of each valve box, use only cast iron, ductile iron, or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Drawings. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A. Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02510 - Water Mains. B. Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate. 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A. Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION 03/02 City of Pearland 02541-8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATERLINE PIPELINE TESTING AND DISINFECTION SECTION 02643 WATER PIPELINE TESTING AND DISINFECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall perform flushing and testing of all pipelines and appurtenant piping and disinfection of all pipelines and appurtenant piping for potable water, complete, including conveyance of test water from City -designated source to point of use and all disposal thereof, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. ANSI/AWWA B300 Hypochlorites B. ANSI/AWWA B301 Liquid Chlorine C. ANSI/AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains 1.03 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Testing schedule, including proposed plans for water conveyance, control, disposal, and disinfection shall be submitted in writing for approval a minimum of 48 hours before testing is to start. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS A. All test equipment, chemicals for chlorination, temporary valves, bulkheads, or other water control equipment and materials shall be determined and furnished by the Contractor subject to the Engineer's review. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to the construction or its future function. B. Chlorine for disinfection shall be in the form of liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution, or calcium hypochlonte granules or tablets. Liquid chlorine shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA B301. Liquid chlonne shall be used only• 1. In combination with appropriate gas flow chlorinators and ejectors. 2. Under the direct supervision of an experienced technician. City of Pearland 03/02 02643-1 CITY OF PEARLAND WATERLINE PIPELINE TESTING AND DISINFECTION 3. When appropriate safety practices are observed. D. Sodium hypochlorite and calcium hypochlorite shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSUAWWA B300. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise provided herein, water for testing and disinfecting water pipelines will be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for conveying the water from the City designated source to the points of use. B All pressure pipelines shall be tested. Disinfection shall be accomplished by chlorination All chlorinating and testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. C. Disinfection operations shall be scheduled by the Contractor as late as possible during the contract time period so as to assure the maximum degree of sterility of the facilities at the time the Work is accepted by the City. Bacteriological testing shall be performed by a certified testinglaboratory approved by the City and at the expense of the Contractor. Results of the bacteriological testing shall be satisfactory with the State Department of Health or other appropriate regulatory agency. 3.02 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PIPELINES A. Prior to hydrostatic testing, all pipelines shall be flushed or blown out as appropriate. the Contractor shall test all pipelines either in sections or as a unit. No section of the pipeline shall be tested until all field -placed concrete or mortar has attained an age of 14 days. The test shall be made by closing valves when available, or by placing temporary bulkheads in the pipe and filling the line slowly with water. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining that all test bulkheads are suitably restrained to resist the thrust of the test pressure without damage to, or movement of, the adjacent pipe. Any unharnesses sleeve -type couplings, expansion joints, or other sliding joints shall be restrained or suitably anchored prior to the test to avoid movement and damage to the piping and equipment The Contractor shall provide sufficient temporary air tappings in the pipelines to allow for evacuation of all entrapped air in each pipe segment to be tested. After completion of the tests, such taps shall be permanently plugged. Care shall be taken to see that all air vents are open during filling. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate which will not cause any surges or exceed the rate at which the air can be released through the air valves at a reasonable velocity and all the air within the pipeline shall be properly purged. After the pipeline, or section thereof, has been filled, it shall be allowed to stand under a slight pressure for at least 24 hours City of Pearland 02643-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND WATERLINE PIPELINE TESTING AND DISINFECTION to allow the concrete or mortar lining, as applicable, to absorb what water it will and to allow the escape of air from any air pockets During this period bulkheads, valves, and connections shall be examined for leaks. If leaks are found corrective measures satisfactory to the Engineer shall be taken. C. The hydrostatic test shall consist of holding the test pressure on the pipeline for a period of 8 hours. The test pressure for distribution and transmission pipelines shall be 150 psi. All visible leaks shall be repaired in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. D. The maximum allowable leakage for distribution and transmission pipelines shall be according to the following formula: L=SxDxP"2s/133,200 Where: L Leakage (gallons per hour) S = Length (feet), the lessor of the actual length being tested or the maximum length of determining leakage. Maximum length for determining leakage is 2000 feet D = Pipe diameter (inches) P = Test pressure (psi) , Pipe with welded joints shall have no leakage. For testing purposes, sections of pipe with welded joints shall be isolated from sections of pipe with rubber-gasketed joints and shall be tested separately. F. Pipelines that fail to pass the prescribed leakage test will be considered defective work and the Contractor shall determine the cause of the leakage, shall take corrective measures necessary to repair the leaks, and shall retest the pipelines. 3.04 DISINFECTING PIPELINES A. General: All potable water pipeline except those appurtenant to hydraulic structures shall be disinfected in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C651 using the Continuous Feed Method as modified herein. B. Chlorination: A chlorine -water solution shall be uniformly introduced into the pipeline by means of a solution -feed chlorination device. The chlorine solution shall be introduced at one end of the pipeline through a tap in such a manner that, as the pipeline is filled with water, the concentration in the water entering the pipe is approximately 50 mg/l. Care shall be taken to prevent the strong chlorine solution in the pipeline being disinfected from flowing back into the line supplying the water. City of Pearland 03/02 02643 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WATERLINE PIPELINE TESTING AND DISINFECTION C. Retention Period: Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipeline long enough to destroy all non -spore -forming bacteria. This period shall be at least 24 hours. After the chlorine -treated water has been retained for the required time, the free chlorine residual at the pipeline extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25 mg/1. D Chlorinating Valves: During the process of chlorinating the pipelines, all valves and other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the heavily - chlorinated water. Sampling Ports: The Contractor shall provide sampling ports along the pipeline as defined in AWWA C651. Taps may be made at manways and air valves to help facilitate the spacing requirements. F Final Flushing: After the applicable retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the pipeline until chlorine measurements show that the concentration in the water leaving the pipeline is no higher than that generally prevailing in the system or as acceptable for domestic use. If there is any question that the chlorinated discharge will cause damage to the environment, a reducing agent shall be applied to the water to neutralize thoroughly the residual chlorine remaining in the water. G Bacteriological Testing: After final flushing and before the pipeline is placed in service, a sample, or samples, shall be collected from the end of the line and shall be tested for bacteriological quality in accordance with the requirements of the State Department of Health or other appropriate regulatory agency. For this purpose the pipe shall be refilled with fresh potable water and left for a period of 24 hours before any sample is collected. Should the initial disinfection treatment fail to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the disinfection procedure shall be repeated until acceptable results are obtained. 3.05 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. Where connections are to be made to an existing potable water system, the interior surfaces of all pipe and fittings used in making the connections shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent hypochiorite solution before they are installed. Thorough flushing shall be started as soon as the connection is completed and shall be continued until discolored water is eliminated. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 02643-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING SECTION 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repairing and resurfacing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for pavement repair and resurfacing under this Section unless included. as a bid item in Bid Schedule and approved in advance by the Engineer. Include payment in unit price for work in appropriate sections. Payment for pavement repair, when included in bid documents, is on a square yard basis. Limits for measurement will be as follows: 1. Extend 18 inches beyond outside trench or trench slopes for utilities and appurtenant structures excavation or for pavement removed to construct utility appurtenances, as indicated on Drawings. Extend 5 feet beyond outside excavation limits for structural excavation. If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer. 4. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits, or in areas removed or replaced for Contractor's convenience. The maximum payment limit is the maximum trench width plus 36 inches, or as shown on the Drawings. The maximum trench width is defined in Section 02318- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. If the extent of pavement replacement is increased to full lane width or to the nearest longitudinal joint, the maximum payment limits are increased to the same extent. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for other unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. City of Pearland 03/02 02980-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Subgrade: 1. Provide new backfill material as required by applicable portions of Sections 02316 through 02330. 2. Provide material for stabilization as required by applicable portions of Section 02335. B. Base: Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710. C. Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by applicable portions of Section 02741- Asphaltic Concrete Pavement and Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Conform to requirement of Section 02200 - Site Preparation, for removals. 4 B. Saw cut pavement 18 inches wider than width of trench needed to install utilities unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility placement, backfill, and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Parking areas, service drives, driveways, and sidewalks: Replace with material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Drawings. Conform to applicable requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph 2.01, Materials of this Section. B. Street pavements and curbs, curbs and gutters: Replace subgrade, base and surface course with like materials or as indicated on Drawings. Curbs and curbs and gutters shall match existing. Conform to requirements of sections referenced in Paragraph 2.01, Materials of this Section. C. For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement thickness indicated on Drawings. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as indicated on Drawings. City of Pearland 02980-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESURFACING D. Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement. E Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and within 1 week after utility work is installed. 3.03 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Dispose of waste material in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work. B. Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03/02 02980-3 1 NM II DIVISION 3 CONCRETE • w CITY OF PEARLAND SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast -in -place concrete building frame members, floors, shear walls, foundation walls, and supported slabs, vaults, manholes and wet wells. B. Cast -in -place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade, small vaults, site -cast bases for precast units, cast -in -place manholes, including headwalls and miscellaneous small structures C. Floors and slabs on grade. D. Concrete seal slabs. E Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint sealants. F. Design, construction, erection and removal of structural concrete formwork. G. Equipment pads, light pole base, thrust blocks. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for cast -in -place concrete is on lump -sum basis for each aforementioned item as bid Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance with related sections of these Specifications. B. Measurement for extra cast -in -place concrete is on cubic -yard basis. Payment includes related work performed in accordance with related sections. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS idity A. Hot Weather: Any combination of o fresh or hardegh air ned concretee, low tive or otherwise and resulting wind velocity tending to impair quality m abnormal properties. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-1 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B Cold Weather: Period when, for more than 2 successive days, mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. F. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. G. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. H. ACI 35OR - Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. I. ANSI/ASTM D1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. 4 J. ANSI/ASTM D1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. K. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. L ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. M. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. N. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. O. ASTM C494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size, bending, number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including dimensions. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without use of Contract Drawings. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of materials. 2. Use of reproductions of Contract Drawings by Contractor, Subcontractor, erector, fabricator or material supplier in preparation of shop drawings (or in lieu of preparation of shop drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown thereon as correct, and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense, real or implied, arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Contract Drawings are used as shop drawings. 3. Detail shop drawings in accordance with ACI 315, Figure 6. 4. Submit shop drawings showing location of proposed additional construction joints, and obtain approval of the Engineer, prior to submitting reinforcing steel shop drawings. C. Bill of Materials: Submit with shop drawings. D. Product Data: 1. Mechanical Bar Splices: Submit manufacturer's technical literature, including specifications and installation instructions. 2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete: Submit manufacturer's technical literature including recommended installation procedures 3. Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures. E Certificates: 1. Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel proposed for use. List of manufacturer's test number, heat number, chemical analysis, yield point, tensile strength and percentage of elongation. Identify proposed location of steel in work. 2. Foreign -manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit test reports for review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until matenal has been approved. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals. B Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-3 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. D Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. 1.08 COORDINATION • A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01310. B Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150 Type I - Normal Portland type. Type II - Moderate Sulphate resistance Portland type. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product of concrete alkalinity (A, as equivalent calcium carbonate) times the thickness of cover over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54. Provide a minimum concrete cover of 2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures. D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical: ASTM C494, Type A - Water Reducing Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin. City of Pearland 03300-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Vapor Barrier. 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade application. C. Non -Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Type C: ASTM D1752; Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent. B Sealant: ASTM D1190; synthetic rubber. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance withASTM shallm beused. For Concrete in Contactive No. 3. A of 5.75 bags of cement per cubic yard of co with sewage use Portland Type II, ASTM C150, Cement. B. Provide concrete to the following criteria 1. Compressive Strength 7 days: 2400 psi 2. Compressive Strength 28 days: 4000 psi 3. Slump: 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs, beams, columns and walls 4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50. C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. D. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer. E Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to temperature lower than 40°F. Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent for other concrete. 2.06 FORM MATERIAL A. Smooth Forms: New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete -form hardboard, dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal -framed plywood -faced panel material, to provide continuous, straight, smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free of raised gram, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and, when indicated on 03300-5 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Drawings, conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B Rough Forms: Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or other defects, or other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection C. Plywood: Conform to PS 1, Class 1. D. Lumber: Conform to PS 20. E Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips: Type and strength compatible with the screed equipment and methods used. F. Plastic Forms: One-piece forms for domes, beams and pan joists. Single lengths for columns not exceeding height of 7'-6". For columns over 7'-6", use 7'-6" sections and filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms, taper sides 1 inch per foot. G. Metal Pan .Joist Forms: Removable type, fabricated of minimum 14-gage steel; one piece between end closures. Adjustable forms not allowed. Taper sides 1 inch per foot to facilitate removal.4 H. Earth Cuts for Forms: 1. Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs on grade. 2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing, following surfaces may be cast against neat -cut excavations: a. Sides of footings. b. Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Drawings by 1 inch. c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When grade beam is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Drawings by 2 inches. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: 1. Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form a void space beneath pile -supported and pier -supported slabs and other structural elements as shown. 2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms, constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive. City of Pearland 03300-6 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3. Fiberboard forms: Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction loads, and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture and soil bacteria. 4. Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax, unless liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing. 5. Size forms as indicated on Drawings. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer, either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and flutes are impregnated with waterproofing, with adequate stapling. J. Circular Forms. 1. Form round -section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax -impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minirriize spiral gaps and seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round -section members. K. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal, with bearing plates; with double wedges at lower end. L Form Ties: 1. Use commercially -manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as a form accessory. 2. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion: At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie, whichever is greater. 3. Provide waterstop feature for form ties used on liquid -containing structures and on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side. 4. Removable ties: Taper ties may be used when approved by the. Engineer. In the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall. Form Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form -release agent having proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, protective liners and membrane waterproofing. N. Coating for Plastic Forms: Alkali -resistant gel -coat. O. Chamfer Strips: Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips in corners of forms to produce beveled edges where required by Part 3, Execution. P. Form Gaskets: Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-7 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive requirements are specified or shown on Drawings. Contractor shall design and engineer concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable gravity loads, lateral pressure, wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflection during placement of concrete required to maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. B. Shp Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall demonstrate suitability of method proposed. 2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL • A. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, grade as indicated on Drawings, except column spirals and those shown on Drawings to be smooth bars. Where grade is not shown on Drawings, use Grade 60. B, Smooth Bars: Where indicated on Drawings, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM A36; ASTM A615, Grade 60; or ASTM A675, Grade 70. C. Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60, or wire conforming to ASTM A82. D. Epoxy -Coated Deformed Bars, Column Spirals and Smooth Bars: Conform to ASTM A775/A775M. E. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A185. 2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A497. 3. Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on Drawings, use welded smooth wire fabric. 4. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only. F. Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic -coated tie wire with epoxy -coated reinforcing steel. G. Bar Supports: Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to provide required concrete cover. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, water or wastewater, provide plastic accessories only do not use galvanized or plastic -tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class 1 or 2 conforming to CRSI MSP-1 Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy -coated bar supports with epoxy -coated reinforcing bars. City of Pearland 03300-8 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE H. Slabs on Grade: Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover. Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side. I. Mechanical Bar Splices: 1. Conform to ACI 318; use where indicated on Drawings. a. Compression splices shall develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point stress of reinforcing bar 2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel, any heat effect shall not adversely affect performance of reinforcing bar. J. Welded Splices: 1. Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer. Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected. 2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D 1.4. K. Epoxy Grout. High -strength rigid epoxy adhesive, conforming to ASTM C881, Type IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full tensile strength (125 percent of yield strength) of dowel, but not less than 12 diameters. 2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING A. Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Drawings by cold bending. Bends shall conform to minimum bend diameters specified m ACI 318. Do not straighten or rebend bars Fabricate epoxy -coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material conforming to Item 4.4 of ASTM A775/A775M. B. Splices: 1 Locate splices as indicated on Drawings. Do not locate splices at other locations without approval of the Engineer. Use minimum number of splices located at points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars 2. Length of lap splices. As shown on Drawings. 3. Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice manufacturer's requirements. C. Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through construction joints. D. Bar Fabrication Tolerances: Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315, Figures 4 and 5. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-9 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E Standard Hooks: Conform to the requirements of ACI 318. F. Marking: Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars, size, mark, length and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it occurs 2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant): Water -based acrylic sealer; non -yellowing under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM D4587. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B Epoxy Floor Topping: Two -component epoxy resin meeting ASTM C881 Type III, resistant to wear, staining and chemical attack, blended with granite, sand, trap rock or quartz aggregate, trowel -applied over concrete floor. Topping thickness, 1/8 inch; color, gray. C. Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish: Fused aluminum oxide grit, or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials. D. Epoxy Penetrating Sealer Low -viscosity, two -component epoxy system designed to give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal concrete surfaces from penetration of water, oil and chemicals; prevent dusting and deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic; and be capable of adhering to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below. Color, transparent amber or gray; surface, nonslip. E Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conforming to ASTM C1059. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. F. Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to one part fine sand meeting ASTM C144 but with 100 percent passing No. 30 mesh sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor's option, a commercially - prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and instructions may be used. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. Submit manufacturer's technical information on proposed bonding agent. City of Pearland 03300-10 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE G. Patching Mortar: 1. Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in order to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by makingtrial patch. Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix frequently with trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not add water. 2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations. When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is required. H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two -component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound developing 100 percent of strength of concrete, suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet ASTM C881, Type VI Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet ASTM C881, Type V. Non -shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout. Spray -Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products "Thoroseal Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color: Gray. K. Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, as specified in this Section. L Concrete Fill: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, (Class C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in Section 03310 - Structural Concrete. M. Evaporation Retardant: Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders; Eucobar, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal. 2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Membrane -forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1D, and following requirements. 1. Minimum solids content: 30 percent. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-11 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for hquid- containing structures curing compound shall be white -pigmented. 3. When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floc covering, material shall not reduce bond of coating, topping, or floor covering to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC Compliant): Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, and the following requirements 30 percent solids content minimum; non - yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM D4587. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM C171; waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheeting. D Curing Mats (for use in Curing Method 2): Heavy shag rugs or carpets, or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry. E Water for curing: Clean and potable. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink grout. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. Earth Surfaces. 1. Under interior slabs on grade, install vapor barrier. Lap joints at least 6 inches and seal watertight with tape, or sealant applied between overlapping edges an City of Pearland 03300-12 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE ends. repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and inserts with vapor barrier material; lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. 2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon. Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water, mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B. Construction Joints: ed, 1, Definition: Concrete surfaces upon oncr to has been interrupted sot that, o be pinc where the placement of the c the judgement of the Engineer, new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed. 2. Interruptions: When placing of concrete orothermeansinterrupted to shape the workingh for the face to concrete to take a set, use forms secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only where acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted, roughened surface for good bond. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate), roughen surface to expose aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash thoroughly. Remove standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is placed. 4, After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly. Place wall concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter. C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the forms where indicated on Contract Drawings, shop drawings and as otherwise required. Obtain the Engineer's acceptancebefore concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the sole responsibility of' the Contractor. D. Place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork,inserts, eand acceptede by the dded items, reinforcement and surface preparation have beencompleted Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded bedditems that concrete. Castingencrusted with grout or previously -placed concrete beforeplacing J a Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60d s of age), thoroughly clean and or sandblasting (exposing aggregate Coat the surface of the old concrete by hydro -blasting joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written instructions, unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise, this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. 03300-13 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms, clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater. Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping, dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review. Corrosion Protection: Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. H. Where practicable provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are being embedded in concrete. J. Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed, thoroughly clean dirt, grease, grout, mortar, loose scale, rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete. 1 3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Formwork Construction 1. Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of members, shape, alinement, elevation and position during concrete placement and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages and inserts 2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. 3. Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent concrete paste leakage at their base. 4. Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and corners permanently exposed to view, except top edges of walls, and slabs which are indicated on Drawings to be tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and interior corners unless indicated on Drawings. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, make bevels 3/4 inch wide. 5. Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is placed. City of Pearland 03300-14 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 6. Where runways are required for moving equipment, support runways directly on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to rest on reinforcing steel. 7. Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form finish or rubbed finish. 8. Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough form finish. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish: 1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows. Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3. Form molding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth -finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. 4. Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square, smooth, solid, unbroken lines. 5. Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius. 6. Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances. 7. For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure, overlap previously - placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces, preventing offsets or loss of mortar. C. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish: Provide forms as specified in paragraph 3.O1B, Smooth Form Finish. Use smooth plywood finings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. D. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required. E. Circular Forms. Set forms in one piece for full height of member. F. Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors, reglets and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator. G. Fireproofing Steel Member: Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete thickness necessary, measured from face of steel member, to provide the required fire rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-15 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE H. Tolerances: 1. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, construct formwork so concrete surfaces will conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end this Section. 2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the Work. Adjustment of Formwork: 1. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After final inspection and before concrete placement, fasten in position wedges used for final adjustment of forms. 2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for settling during concrete placement 3. For wall openings, construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. J. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: 1. Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement; set tight to prevent honzontal displacement Exercise care to avoid buckling of forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recom- mendations. 2: Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers; completely fill the space between e subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to fouuni a void space. 3. Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until concrete is placed on them If they become wet before placement of concrete, allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before concrete is placed. 4. Before concrete placement, replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove accumulated mortar, grout, rust and other foreign matter. B. Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form -release agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh concrete will be placed. Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C. Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained -in -place metal forms, may be wet with water immediately.. before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility of freezing temperatures exists, however, the use of coating is mandatory. City of Pearland 03300-16 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Placement Tolerances: Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03210A at the end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete coverage. B. Interferences: Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing interferes with location of other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items, bars may be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Where greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference, notify the Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items without approval of the Engineer. C. Concrete Cover: Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete as listed in Table 03210B at the end of this Section, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. D. Placement in Forms. Use spacers, chairs, wire ties and other accessory items necessary to assemble, space and support reinforcing properly Provide accessories of sufficient number, size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited. E Placement for Concrete on Ground: Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers each way. Use minimum of one support for each 9, square feet. Tie supports to reinforcing bars and wires F. Vertical Reinforcement in Columns: Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement. G. Splices: 1. Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Drawings or reviewed shop drawings without approval of the Engineer. 2. Lap Splices: Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI 318-89, Section 12.15.1. Tie securely with wire pnor to concrete placement, to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. 3. Mechanical Bar Splices: Use only where indicated on Drawings or approved by the Engineer. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to concrete placement to completely ehminate concrete or cement paste from entering b. Couplers intended for future connections: Recess 1/2 inch minimum from concrete surface After concrete is placed, plug coupler and fill recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive materials. c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing. H. Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints, unless noted otherwise. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-17 CITY OF PEARLAND 03/02 CAST -IN -PLACE CON CRETE Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh plus 2 incher whichever is larger Lace splices with wire Do not make end laps midway betwee1. supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI - Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric. Field Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to Drawings. Bars shall be cold -bent; do not heat bars. Closely inspect reinforcing for breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete. K. Epoxy -coated Reinforcing Steel: Install in accordance with Paragraph 3 02J, Field Bending, and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.02A, Bending. L Field Cutting: Cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with cutting torch. M. Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Drawings. 3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in accordance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch larger than steel bar diameter (including height of deformations for deformed bars) in existing concrete. Just before installation of steel, blow hole clean of all debris using compressed air. Partially fi• hole with epoxy, using enough epoxy so when steel bar is inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar. Dip end of steel bar in epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially -filled hole. City of Pearland 03300-18 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210A REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES PLACEMENT Clear Distance To formed soffit: To other formed surfaces: Minimum spacing between bars: TOLERANCE IN INCHES -1/4 ±1/4 -1/4 Clear distance from unformed surface to top reinforcement - Members 8 inches deep or less: Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep: Members 24 inches deep or greater: Uniform spacing of bars (but the required number of bars shall not be reduced): Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties (but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced): ±2 ±1 Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement - General: Discontinuous ends of members: Length of bar laps: ±2 ±1/2 -1-1/2 Embedded length For bar sizes No 3 through 11: For bar sizes No. 14 and.18: -1 -2 City of Pearland 03/02 03300-19 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03210B MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT MINIMUM COVER IN INCHES SURFACE Slabs and Joists - Top and bottom bars for dry conditions - No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1-1/2 No. 11 bars and smaller: 1 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water or weather; over, or in contact with, sewage and for bottoms bearing on work or slabs mat, supporting earth cover - No. 5 bars and smaller: 1-1/2 No. 6 through No. 18 bars: 2 Beams and Columns - For dry conditions - Stirrups, spirals and ties: 1-1/2 Principal reinforcement: 2 Exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather - Stirrups and ties: 2 Principal reinforcement: 2=I/2 Walls - For dry conditions - No. 11 bars and smaller: 1 No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1-1/2 Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, or weather, or in sewage contact with ground - Circular tanks with ring tension: 2 All others: 2 Footings At formed and Base surfaces Slabs - and bottoms bearing on concrete work mat. At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth: 2 Over top of piles' 3 Top of footings -- same as slabs 2 City of Pearland 03/02 03300-20 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Conform to applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and this Section. Use no aluminum matenals in conveying concrete. B. Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective concrete meeting requirements of or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer. Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete Placement in Wall Forms: 1 Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel. 2. Donot place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete 3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies. Uniformly distribute concrete during depositing. 4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited. 5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for. sloping members 6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. 7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. E Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying, hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow If a conveyor is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors and chutes shall be covered.. F. Placement of Slabs: In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water content of the surface cement paste Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work progresses, vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement Screed the slab surface in an up -slope direction quality of G. When adverse Do weater conditions not mix concrete when the tairr temperature isate, postpone concrete placement. below 40 degrees F City of Pearland 03300-21 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed below 90 degrees F. 3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgement of the Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B. Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping. C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R. D. E F. 3.10 Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that do not function properly. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. Field Control: Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the placement (discharge) end of the line. CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. To minimize effects of shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures, or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the underside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed, remove the strip, level irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. 3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement, eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R Group 3 immersion -type City of Pearland 03300-22 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND B. C. 3.12 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE high-speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient (at least one) standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating. Use care in placing concrete around waterstops Carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat -strip type waterstops are placed horizontally work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of concrete until previously -placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers with standby units as required, to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. PLACING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1. Use specified superplasticizer. 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F. 3 Place in lifts approximately 18 _ inches thick. Extend vibrator heads A into. previously -placed layer. 3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING 3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in completed structure by earth, ceilings or similar cover, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. B. Rough Form Finish: 1. No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height. 3. Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed from view by earth in completed structure, except concealed surfaces required to have smooth form finish, as shown on Drawings. Smooth Form Finish: 1. Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use plywood linings or forms m as large sheets as practicable and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fms and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth, unmarred finished surface. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-23 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3. Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water -holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by earth ir completed structure, except where otherwise indicated on Drawings. Walls tha, will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated on Drawings, shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. D. Rubbed Finish: 1. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Remove forms as soon as practicable, repair defects, wet surfaces, and rub with No. 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently to bring surface paste, remove form marks and fins, and produce smooth, dense surface of uniform color and texture. Do not use cement paste other than that drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush Allow paste to reset, then wash surface with clean water. 3. Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Drawings, except where rubbed finish is indicated for a wall which will be containinga liquid, use spray -applied coating. E Spray -applied Coating: At Contractor's option, in lieu of rubbed finish, spray -applied coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of coating. a Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating manufacturer' instructions. F. Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final .treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in 1.04.B. and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs, topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing process has been completed. 3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C TOLERANCES A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Drawings. Class B or better finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Drawings. B. Shaping to Contour Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds riding on screed stnps or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. See Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds. City of Pearland 03300-24 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND C. D. E F. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces prior to finishing operations. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Check tolerances by placing straightedge of specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed tolerance listed for specified class. Class A B C Straightedge Length in Feet 10 10 2 Tolerance in Inches 1/8 1/4 1/4 Raked Finish: After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled to Class C tolerance, roughen surface before final set. Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be established for project Protect raked, base -slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Provide raked fimsh for followings 1. Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill. 2. Steep ramps, as noted on Drawings. 3. Additional locations as noted on Drawings. Float Finish: 1 After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of power -driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power -driven machine and on small, isolated slabs 2. After initial floating, re -check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re -float slab to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 3. Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Drawings G. Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional troweling by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 03300-25 City of Pearland 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND E H. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects which might show through covering by grinding. 3. Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor covering and additional locations indicated on Drawings. Broom or Belt Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.17 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO "F-NUMBER SYSTEM" FINISH A. B. Shaping to Contour: Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour Edge forms and screeds: Conform to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing operations. C. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Independent testing laboratory will check floor flatness and levelness in accordance with Paragraph 3.12, Field Quality Control. D Float Finish: 1. After concrete has been placed struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to peanut proper operation of power -driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power -driven machine and on small, isolated slabs 2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to FF20/FL17 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 3. Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Drawings. Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks Do additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and conforming to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for slabs on grade and FF25/FL 17 for City of Pearland 03/02 03300-26 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show through covering, by grinding. 3. Provide "F-Number System" trowel finish at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL A. C. Surface Preparation: 1. Protect raked, base -slab finish from contamination until time of topping. Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other contaminants, leaving clean surface. 2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab surface and leave free of standing water. Immediately before topping or fill is placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or dry before topping or fill is placed. Concrete Fill: 1. Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees from vertical provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of intersection; size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5 inches thick. Form keyway in new walls; create by saw cutting the top and bottom lines and chipping in existing walls. 2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill. 3. Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Drawings. , Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners: 1. Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment 3 inches. 2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping, bring to established grade, and float Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks. 3. Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment from damage during sweeping -in process. Perform sweeping -in process under supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface. 4. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where required by the Engineer, fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire floor for 14 days. 5. Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners. 3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer: Apply wood float finish. Clean surface and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-27 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact. D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer. Clean surface and apply epoxy floor topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch. B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact. D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. E. Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples. F. Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.21 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER A. Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Drawings, just prior to completion of construction, apply coat of specified clear sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed intenor concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 NONSLIP FINISH A. Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re -float. Apply remainder of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application, using heavier application of aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re -float after second application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed and not covered with cement paste. B. Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Drawings. City of Pearland 03300-28 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 and under provisions of Sections 01440 and 01450. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete. F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. H. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide one test for each structure These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15 Page.230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wiley and Sons. 3.24 PATCHING A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery. C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301. 3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer. C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-29 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.26 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 cunng days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days. However leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub -finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor s option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied C. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub -finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand -powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage City of Pearland 03300-30 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete. 1. Minimum curing period: 2 weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete. 4. Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48 hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5. During 2-week curing period, provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. 3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Time Limits: 1. When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. 2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete Leave formwork for water -retaining structures in place for at least 2 days., Formwork for non -water -retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations, and provided removal of forms will not disturb members supporting weight df concrete. 3. Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads• Leave in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days. B. Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms• Follow manufacturer's directions for form removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When removal is done before completion of curing time, replace form, tie in place and seal to retard escape of moisture C. Removal Strength: 1. Control Tests: Suitable strength -control tests will be required as evidence that concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members. Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal. a. Field -cured Test Cylinders: When field -cured test cylinders reach specified removal strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. b. Laboratory -cured Test Cylinders: When concrete has been cured as specified for structural concrete for same time period required by laboratory -cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. City of Pearland 03/02 03300-31 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the days or fractions of days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surroundmg concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of moisture. 2. Compressive Strengths: The minimum concrete compressive strength for removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved. 3.29 RESHORING A. When reshonng is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way, keep live load off new construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring B. Place reshores as soon as practicable after form -stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry required loads without over stressing construction Leave reshores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete. C. Floors supporting shores under newly -placed concrete Leave original supporting shores in place, or re -shore Locate reshores directly under shore position above Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly -placed concrete, forms and construction live loads in such manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. 3.30 FORM REUSE A. Do not reuse forms .that are worn or damaged beyond repair. Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed smooth finish, sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide form liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and clean to return forms to onginal condition • City of Pearland 03300-32 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100A ES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS** VARIATION FROM VARIATION IN ANY ANY BAY OR FOR MAXIMUM DIMENSION ENTIRE FOR 20-FOOT LENGTH ANY FOR 10-FOOT LENGTH PLUMB SPECIFIED BATTER OR Lines Exposed Conspicuous And Surfaces Corner of Columns, Columns, Control Piers, Joint Walls Grooves, And Arrises And Other 1/4" -- 1" --- 1/4" 1/2" Lines LEVEL SPECIFIED GRADE OR Slab Before Exposed Conspicuous Soffits, Removal Ceilings, Lintels, Lines of Sills, Shores) Beam Parapets, Soffits, Horizontal And Arrises (Measured And Other 1/4" 3/8" 3/4" Grooves '-- 1/4" 1/2" DIMENSION DRAWING S Position Size Cross Footings* Footing Lesser Footing And Section Of) Rise Tread of Misplacement Location in in Linear Flight Step Step Plan of Flight Columns, Building Rise Tread of Decrease Increase of of Sleeves, Stairs or Stairs Eccentricity Beams, Lines, Floor Columns, Slabs, Openings in And Direction Walls, And Walls of And Wall Error Partitions Openings (The --- 1/2" 1" --- -- ±1 /4" --- --- +1/2", -1/4" --- --- +2", -1/2" --- --- 2% OF OR WIDTH 2' --- --- 5% Thickness --- --- NO LIMIT Footing Step Step Consecutive Consecutive Thickness in --- --- +1/8' ...... --- +1/4" --- --- +1/16" --- --- +1/8" *Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items. ** Includes water and wastewater process structures. City of Pearland 03300-33 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRE TABLE 03100B TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BRIDGES WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES VARIATION FROM VARIATION IN MAXIMUM PLUMB OR SPECIFIED BATTER SURFACES OF COLUMNS, PIERS AND WALLS 1/2" in 10' LEVEL OR SPECIFIED GRADE TOP SURFACES OF SLABS See Section 03345 TOP SURFACES OF CURBS AND RAILINGS 3/16" in 10' DRAWING DIMENSIONS CROSS SECTION OF COLUMNS, CAPS, WALLS, BEAMS AND SIMILAR MEMBERS THICKNESS OF DECK SLABS SIZE AND LOCATION OF SLAB AND WALL OPENINGS FOOTINGS IN PLAN FOOTING MISPLACEMENT OR ECCENTRICITY IN DIRECTION OF ERROR (THE LESSER OF) FOOTING THICKNESS DECREASE FOOTING THICKNESS INCREASE STEP RISE IN FLIGHT OF STAIRS STEP TREAD IN FLIGHT OF STAIRS CONSECUTIVE STEP RISE CONSECUTIVE STEP TREAD +1/2", -1/4" +1/4", - 1/8" + 1/2" +2", -1/2" 2% of WIDTH OR 2" 5% NO LIMIT + 1/8" + 1/4" +1/16" + 1/8" City of Pearland 03/02 03300-34 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.31 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner. B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow. Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer. City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 03300-35 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT SECTION 03600 STRUCTURAL GROUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non -shrink grout used wherever grout is shown in the Documents, unless another type is specifically referenced. Two classes of non-shnnk grout (Class I and II) and areas of application are specified. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Include the cost for grout in the lump sum for each structure in which it will be used. No separate payment will be made for grout. B. Measurement for extra grout (Class I and II) is on cubic foot basis. Payment includes associated work performed in accordance with related sections included in the Contract Documents. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procddures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01350 - Submittals. B. Quality Control: 1. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's literature certifying compliance with the specified properties for Class I and II grouts. 2. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement and appropriate uses for each type of grout used in the work. C. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's written warranty as specified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Tests: 1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to ensure continued compliance with these Specifications. The specimens will be made by the Engineer or its representative. City of Pearland 03/02 03600-1 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT 2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for non -shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C109 at intervals during construction selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at i days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate. 3. Grout already placed which fails to meet the requirements of these Specifications is subject to removal and replacement no additional cost to the Owner. 4. The cost of laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but the Contractor shall assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing However, the Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the Specifications. The Contractor shall supply materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens. B. Warranty: 1. Provide 1-year warranty for work provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer s warranty shall not contain a disclaimer limiting responsibility to only the purchase price of products or materials furnished. 3. Manufacturer shall warrant participation with Contractor in replacing or repairing grout found to be defective due to faulty materials, as determined by industry standard test methods. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPLICATION The following is a listing of typical applications and the corresponding type of grout which is to be used. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether or not called for on the Drawings. Application: Structural member base plates Storage tanks and other equipment Filling blockout spaces for embedded items such as railing posts, gate guide frames, etc. Under precast concrete elements Toppings and concrete fill less than 3 inches thick Toppings and concrete fill greater than 3 inches thick City of Pearland 03/02 Type of Grout Non -shrink Class II Non -shrink Class I Non -shrink Class II (Class I where placement time exceeds 15 minutes) Non -shrink Class I Concrete Topping per Section 03310 Concrete Fill per Section 03310 03600-2 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT Any application not listed above, where Non -shrink Class I, unless noted otherwise grout is called for on the Drawings 2.02 PREPACKAGED GROUTS A. Basic Requirements for Cementitious Non -Shrink Grout 1. Provide prepackaged non -shrink grout that is inorganic flowable, non -gas - liberating, non-metallic, and cement based, requiring only the addition of water. 2. Deliver grout in original packaging with manufacturer's instructions printed on each container. 3. Select the specific formulation for each class of non -shrink grout specified to conform to that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application. 4. Compressive strength at 28 days: 7000 psi minimum. 5. Do not use a grout for which the non -shrink property is based on a chemically generated gas or gypsum expansion. B. Class I Non -Shrink Grout: 1. Supply Class I Grout conforming to these specifications and to CRD-C621 and ASTM C1107 Grade C and B (as modified below) when tested using the amount of water needed to achieve the following properties' a. Fluid consistency (20 to 30 seconds) per CRD-C611 at initial testing. b. Fluid consistency (45 seconds) per CRD-C611 at 30 minutes after mixing. c. At temperatures of 45, 73.4, and 95 degrees F. 2. To satisfy non -shrink requirements, the length change from placement to time of final set shall not have a shrinkage greater than the amount of expansion measured after final set at 3 and 14 days. The expansion at 3 and 14 days shall not exceed the 28-day expansion. 3. Fluid grout shall pass through the flow cone, with a continuous flow, 1 hour after mixing. 4. Demonstrate in tests that grout maintains contact with the baseplate to provide an minimum effective bearing area of 95 percent of the gross contact area after final set. 5. The grout packaging shall list weight, maximum amount of mixing water to be used, maximum usable working time (pot life) at flowable consistency and temperature restrictions for preparation and placement within which grout will meet specified requirements. C. Class II Non -Shrink Grout. 1. Supply Class II Grout confirming to ASTM C1107 and the following requirements when tested using the amount of water needed to achieve the following properties: City of Pearland 03/02 03600-3 CITY OF PEARLAND STRUCTURAL GROUT a. Flowable consistency: 140 percent flow on ASTM C230, five drops in 30 seconds. b. Fluid working time. 15 minutes, minimum. c. Flowable duration: 30 minutes, minimum. 2. When tested, the grout shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 2.03 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing materials: As specified in Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete and as recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts. 2.04 CONSISTENCY A. Mix grouts to the consistency necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted. Dry pack consistency is such that the grout is plastic and moldable but will not flow. Where 'dry pack" is called for in the Contract Documents, it shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as specified herein for the particular application. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that base concrete or masonry has attained design strength before grout is placed. B. When cementitious grouts are used on concrete surfaces, saturate the concrete surface with water for 24 hours prior to placement of cement -based grout. Upon completion of saturation period remove excess water prior to grouting. 3.02 GROUTING PROCEDURES A. Prepackaged Grouts: Perform mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts according to the written instructions of the manufacturer. Use prepackaged materials in the quantities and proportions as directed by the manufacturer unless there is certified test data verifying that the specified properties .are attained by modified mix. 3.03 CONSOLIDATION A. Place grout in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 03600-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVES - GENERAL SECTION 15200 VALVES - GENERAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall provide all valves, actuators, and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 11000, Equipment, General Provisions, apply to the Work of this Section. C. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and valve actuators except where otherwise indicated. Valves and actuators in particular locations may require a combination of units, sensors, limit switches, and controls indicated in other Sections of the Specifications. D. Where a valve is to be supported by means other than the piping to which it is attached, the Contractor shall obtain from the valve manufacturer a design for support and foundation that satisfies the criteria in Section 11000. The design, including drawings and calculations sealed by an Engineer, shall be submitted with the .shop drawings. When the design is approved, the support shall be provided. E Unit Responsibility: A single manufacturer shall be made responsible for coordination of design, assembly, testing, and furnishing of each valve; however, the Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for compliance with the requirements of each valve section. Unless indicated otherwise, the responsible manufacturer shall be the manufacturer of the valve. F. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valves of the same type or size are required, the valves shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. 1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01300, Contractor Submittals. B Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall contain the following information: 1. Valve name, size Cv factor, pressure rating, identification number (if any), and specification section number. City of Pearland 03/02 15200-1 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVES - GENERAL 2. Complete information on valve actuator, including size, manufacturer, model number, limit switches, and mounting. 3. Cavitation limits for all control valves. 4. Assembly drawings showing part nomenclature, materials, dimensions, weights, and relationships of valve handles, handwheels, position indicators, limit switches, integral control systems needle valves, and control systems. 5. Data in accordance with Section 16460, Electric Motors for all electric motor - actuated valves. 6. Complete wiring diagrams and control system schematics. 7. Valve Labeling: A schedule of valves to be furnished with stainless steel tags, indicating in each case the valve location and the proposed wording for the label. C. Technical Manual: The Technical Manual shall contain the required information for each valve. D. Spare Parts List: A spare parts list shall contain the required information for each valve assembly, where indicated. Factory Test Data: Where indicated signed, dated, and certified factory test data to each valve requiring certification shall be submitted before shipment of the valve. The data shall also include certification of quality and test results for factory -applied coatings. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2,01 Products A. General: Valves and gates shall be new and of current manufacture. Shut-off valves 6 inches and larger shall have actuators with position indicators. Buried valves shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing position indicators and valve extensions. Manual shut-off valves mounted higher than 7 feet above working level shall be provided with chain actuators. B. Valve Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, valve actuators shall be in accordance with Section 15201, Valve and Gate Actuators. C. Protective Coating: The exterior surfaces of all valves and the wet interior surfaces of all ferrous valves of size 4 inches and larger shall be coated in accordance with Section 09800, Protective Coating. The valve manufacturer shall certify in writing that the required coating has been applied and tested in the manufacturing plant prior to shipment, in accordance with these Specifications. Flange faces of valves shall not be epoxy coated. City of Pearland 15200-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVES - GENERAL D. Valve Labeling: Except when such requirement is waived by the Engineer in writing a label shall be provided on all shut-off valves and control valves except for hose bibs and chlorine cylinder valves. The label shall be of 1/16 inch plastic or stainless steel, minimum 2 inches by 4 inches in size, as indicated in Section 15005, Piping Identification Systems, and shall be permanently attached to the valve or on the wall adjacent to the valve as directed by the Engineer. Valve Testing* As a minimum, unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the Reference Standards, valves 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be tested in accordance with manufacturer's standard and 4 inches in diameter and larger shall be factory tested as follows: 1. Hydrostatic Testing: Valve bodies shall be subjected to internal hydrostatic pressure equivalent to twice the water rated pressure of the valve. Metallic valves rating pressures shall be at 100 degrees F and plastic valves shall be 73 degrees F or at higher temperature according to type of material. Dunng the hydrostatic test there shall be no leakage through the valve body, end joints, or shaft seals, nor shall any part of the valve be permanently deformed. The duration shall be of sufficient time to allow visual examination for leakage. Test duration shall be at least 10 minutes. 2. Seat Testing* Valves shall be tested for leaks in the closed position with the pressure differential across the seat equal to the water rated pressure of the valve. The duration of test shall be sufficient time to allow visual examination for leakage. Test duration shall be at least 10 minutes. Leakage past the closed valve shall not exceed 1 fluid ounce per hour per inches diameter for metal seated valves and drop -tight for resilient seated valves. 3. Performance Testing All valves shall be shop operated from fully closed to fully open position and reverse under no -flow conditions in order to demonstrate that the valve assembly operates properly. F. Certification Prior to shipment, the Contractor shall submit for valves over 12 inches m size, certified notarized copies of the hydrostatic factory tests, showing compliance with the applicable standards of AWWA, ANSI, or ASTM. G. Valve Marking: Valve bodies shall be permanently marked in accordance with MSS SP25 - Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General Materials shall be suitable for the intended apphcation. Materials not mdicated shall be high-grade standard commercial quality, free from defects and imperfections that might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended. Unless otherwise indicated, valve an actuator bodies shall conform to the following requirements: City of Pearland 15200-3 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVES - GENERAL 1. Cast Iron: Close -grained gray cast iron, conforming to ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings, Class 30, or to ASTM A 1226 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flange(' and Pipe Fittings. 2. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536 - Ductile Iron Castings, or to ASTM A 395 - Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure -Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 3. Steel: ASTM A 216 - Steel Castings, Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High -Temperature Service or to ASTM A 515 - Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate and Higher Temperature Service. 4. Bronzes ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings, and Valve Stems not subject to dezincification shall conform to ASTM B 584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 5. Stainless Steel: Stainless Steel Valve and Operator Bodies and Trim shall conform to ASTM A 351 - Steel Castings, Austenitic, for High -Temperature Service, Grade CF8M, or shall be Type 316 Stainless Steel. 6. PVC: Poly Vinyl Chloride Materials for Valve Body, Flanges, and Cover shall conform to Cell Classification 12454. 7. CPVC: Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride Materials for Valve Body, Flanges, and Cover shall conform to Cell Classification 23447. 8. NSF Standard 14: All materials shall be listed for use in contact with potable water. • 2.03 VALVE CONSTRUCTION a A. Bodies: Valve bodies shall be cast, molded (in the case of plastic valves), forged, c welded of the materials indicated, with smooth interior passages. Wall thicknesses shall be uniform in agreement with the applicable standards for each type of valve, without casting defects, pinholes, or other defects that could weaken the body. Welds on welded bodies shall be done by certified welders and shall be ground smooth. Valve ends shall be as indicated, and shall be rated for the maximum temperature and pressure to which the valve will be subjected. B. Bonnets: Valve bonnets shall be clamped, screwed, or flanged to the body and shall be of the same material, temperature, and pressure rating as the body. The bonnets shall have provision for the stem seal with the necessary glands, packing nuts or yokes. C. Stems: Valve stems shall be of the materials indicated, or, if not indicated, of the best commercial material for the specific service, with adjustable stem packing, 0-rings, Chevron V-type packing, or other suitable seal. Where subject to dezincification, bronze valve stems shall conform to ASTM B 62, containing not more than 5 percent of zinc or more than 2 percent of aluminum, with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 14,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10 percent in 2 niches. Where dezincification is not a problem, bronze conforming to ASTM B 584 may be used, except that zinc content shall not exceed 16 percent. City of Pearland 15200-4 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVES - GENERAL D. Stem Guides: Stem guides shall be provided, spaced 10-feet on centers unless the manufacturer can demonstrate by calculation that a different spacing is acceptable. Submerged stem guides shall be 304 stainless steel. E Internal Parts: Internal parts and valve trim shall be as indicated for each individual valve. Where not indicated, valve trim shall be of Type 316 stainless steel or other best suited material. F. Nuts and Bolts: Nuts and bolts on valve flanges and supports shall be in accordance with Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metal Work. 2.04 VALVE ACCESSORIES A. Valves shall be furnished complete with the accessories required to provide a functional system. 2.05 SPARE PARTS A. The Contractor shall furnish the required spare parts suitably packaged and labeled with the valve name, location, and identification number. The Contractor shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for the spare parts of each valve. Spare parts are intended for use by the Owner, after expiration of the correction of defects period. 2.06 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Valve manufacturers shall have a successful record of not less than 5 years in the manufacture of the valves indicated. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General: Valves, actuating units, stem extensions, valve boxes, and accessories shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated. Gates shall be adequately braced to prevent warpage and bending under the intended use. Valves shall be firmly supported to avoid undue stresses on the pipe. B. Access: Valves shall be installed with easy access for actuation, removal, and maintenance and to avoid interference between valve actuators and structural members, handrails, or other equipment. City of Pearland 03/02 • 15200-5 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVES - GENERAL C. Valve Accessories: Where combinations of valves, sensors, switches, and controls art indicated, the Contractor shall properly assemble and install such items so that systems are compatible and operating properly. The relationship between interrelated items shall be clearly noted on Shop Drawing submittals. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 15200-6 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 15201 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall provide valve and gate actuators and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and gates, except where otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Responsibility: The valve or gate manufacturer shall be made responsible for coordination of design, assembly, testing, and installation of actuators on the valves and gates; however, the Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for compliance of the valves, gates, and actuators with the Contract Documents. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valve or gate actuators of the same type and size are required the actuators shall be produced by the same manufacturer a 1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01300, Contractor Submittals and Section 15200 Valves, General. B Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings of all actuators shall be submitted together with the valve and gate submittals as a complete package. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, shut-off and throttling valves and externally actuated valves and gates shall be provided with manual or power actuators. The Contractor shall furnish actuators complete and operable with mounting hardware, motors, gears, controls, wiring, solenoids, handwheels, levers, chains, and extensions, as applicable. Actuators shall have the torque ratings equal to or greater than required for valve seating and dynamic torques, whichever is greater, and shall be capable of holding the valve in any intermediate position between fully - open and fully -closed without creeping or fluttering. All wires of motor -driven actuators shall be identified by unique numbers. City of Pearland 15201-1 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE AND GATE ACTU, TORS 03/02 B. Manufacturers: Where indicated, certain valves and gates may be provided with actuator manufactured by the valve or gate manufacturer. Where actuators are furnished by differeis manufacturers, the Contractor shall coordinate selection to have the fewest number of manufacturers possible. C. Materials: Actuators shall be current models of the best commercial quality materials and liberally -sized for the required torque. Materials shall be suitable for the environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed Mounting: Actuators shall be securely mounted by means of brackets or hardware specially designed and sized for this purpose and of ample strength. The word "open" shall be cast on each valve or actuator with an arrow indicating the direction to open in the counter -clockwise direction. Gear and power actuators shall be equipped with position indicators. Where possible, manual actuators shall be located between 48 and 60 inches above the floor or the permanent working platform. E Standard: Unless otherwise indicated and where applicable, actuators shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 540 - AWWA Standard for Power -Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. F. Functionality: Electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic actuators shall be coordinated with the power requirements of Division 16 and instrumentation equipment indicated in Section 17100, Process Control and Instrumentation Systems. 2.02 MANUAL ACTUATORS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, valves and gates shall be furnished with manual actuators. Valves in sizes up to and including 4 inches shall have direct acting lever or handwheel actuators of the manufacturer's best standard design Larger valves and gates shall have gear - assisted manual actuators, with an operating pull of maximum 60 pounds on the rim of the handwheel. Buried and submerged gear -assisted valves, gates, gear -assisted valves for pressures higher than 250 psi, valves 30 inches in diameter and larger, and where so indicated, shall have worm -gear actuators hermetically -sealed and grease -packed, where buried or submerged. All other valves 6 inches to 24 inches in diameter may have traveling -nut actuators, worm -gear actuators, spur -or bevel -gear actuators, as appropriate for each valve. B. Buried Valves: Unless otherwise indicated, buried valves shall have extension stems to grade, with square nuts or floor stands, position indicators, cast-iron or steel pipe extensions with valve boxes, covers, and operating keys. Where so indicated, buried valves shall be in cast-iron concrete, or similar valve boxes with covers of ample size to allow operation of the valve actuators. Covers of valve boxes shall be permanently labeled as requested by the local utility company or the Engineer. Wrench nuts shall comply with AWWA C 500 - Metal Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. C. Chain Actuator: Manually -activated valves with the stem located more than 7 feet above the floor or operating level shall be provided with chain drives consisting of sprocket -rim chain wheels, chain guides, and operating chains provided by the valve manufacturer. The wheel anc City of Pearland 15201-2 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS guide shall be of ductile iron cast iron, or steel, and the chain shall be hot -dip galvanized steel or stainless steel, extending to 5 feet 6 inches above the operating floor level. The valve stem of chain -actuated valves shall be extra strong to allow for the extra weight and chain pull. Hooks shall be provided for chain storage where chains interfere with pedestrian traffic. D. Manual Worm -Gear Actuator: The actuator shall consist of single or double reduction gear unit contained in a weather-proof cast-iron or steel body with cover and minimum 12 inch diameter handwheel. The actuator shall be capable of 90 degree rotation and shall be equipped with travel stops capable of limiting the valve opening and closing. The actuator shall consist of spur or helical gears and worm -gearing. The spur or helical gears shall be of hardened alloy steel and the worm gear shall be alloy bronze. The worm gear shaft and the handwheel shaft shall be of 17-4 PH or similar stainless steel. All gearing shall be accurately cut with hobbing machines. Ball or roller bearings shall be used throughout. Actuator output gear changes shall be mechanically possible by simply changing the exposed or helical gearset ratio without further disassembly of the actuator. All gearing shall be designed for 100 percent overload. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER A. Field Adjustments: Field representatives of manufacturers of valves or gates with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators shall adjust actuator controls and limit -switches in the field for the required function. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Valve and gate actuators and accessories shall be installed in accordance with Section 15200, Valves, General. Actuators shall be located to readily accessible operation and maintenance, without obstructing walkways Actuators shall not be mounted where shock or vibrations will impair their operation, nor shall the support systems be attached to handrails, process piping or mechanical equipment. END OF SECTION City of Pearland 15201-3 03/02 A NOME. CITY OF PEARLAND GATE VALVES SECTION 15203 GATE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall provide gate valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. • The requirements of Section 15200, Valves, General, apply to this Section. C. The requirements of Section 15201, Valve and Gate Actuators, apply to this Section. 1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 15200, Valves, General. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 4 A. All buried valves shall be of the inside screw, non -rising stem type. The valve actuators shall be as indicated, with counter -clockwise opening stems, in accordance with Section 15201, Valve and Gate Actuators. • B. All gate valves shall be resilient seated type. 2.02 METAL -SEATED GATE VALVES (3-INCH AND LARGER) A. Construction; Metal -seated gate valves for water and sewage service shall conform to ANSUAWWA C 500, Metal Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. The valve bodies shall be of cast iron conforming to ASTM A 126 - Specifications for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings, or ductile iron conforming either to ASTM A 395 - Specification for Ferrite Ductile Iron Pressure -Retaining Casting for Use at Elevated Temperatures, or to ASTM A 536 Specification for Ductile Iron Castings with flanged, bell and spigot, or mechanical joint -ends as indicated. Body and bonnet wall thickness shall be equal to or greater than the minimum wall thickness as listed in Table 2 of ANSIIAWWA C500. The design working water pressure shall be 200 psig for valves 12 inches and smaller and 150 psig for larger valves. The valves may be of City of Pearland 15203-1 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND GATE VALVES the double disc type for tighter shut-off, or of the solid -wedge type, with rising or non - rising stem. For sewage or fluids containing solids, an outside thread shall be used. Valves 14 inches and larger installed in vertical pipes shall be fitted with bronze slides, tracks, rollers, and scrapers to assist the travel of the gate assembly. Gate valves 14 inches and larger shall be furnished with bypass assemblies. B. Actuators. Unless otherwise indicated, all gate valves shall have actuators in accordance with Section 15201, Valve and Gate Actuators. The proposed actuators will have to be presented for approval by the Engineer. A copy of the letter transmittal with the approval will be submitted by the Engineer to the R.P.R. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Clow Valve Co. 2. Crane Valves 3. Kennedy Valve 4. M&H Valve Co. 5. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. 6. Mueller Company (Grinnell Corp.) 7. Stockham Valves and Fittings 8. Approved Equal 2.03 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES (3 TO 16 Inches) A. General: Resilient -seated gate valves may be provided in lieu of metal -seated double - disc or solid -disc gate valves, at the discretion of the Engineer. B. Construction: Resilient -seated gate valves shall conform to ANSUAWWA C 509, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. The valves shall be suitable for a design working water pressure of 200 psig, with flanged, bell and spigot or mechanical joint ends. The valve body, bonnet and disc shall be of cast iron or ductile iron and the disc or body shall be rubber -coated. Body and bonnet wall thickness shall be equal to or greater than the minimum wall thickness as listed in Table 2 of ANSUAWWA C509. The stem, stem nuts, glands, and bushings shall be of bronze, with the stem seal per ANSUAWWA C509. C. Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, resilient -seated gate valves shall have manual actuators in accordance with Section 15201, Valve and Gate. Actuators. D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Clow Valve Co. 2. Kennedy Valve 3. M&H Valve Company 4. Mueller Company (Grinnell Corp.) 5. Stockham Valves and Fittings City of Pearland 15203-2 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND GATE VALVES 6. Approved Equal 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All gate valves shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Section 15200, Valves, General. END OF SECTION • City of Pearland 15203-3 03/02 rma1 a r r, t "„."" 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 15230 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractorshall provide all miscellaneous valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 15200, Valves - General apply to this Section. 1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300, Contractor Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR -VACUUM AND AIR -RELEASE VALVES A. Air and Vacuum Valves: Air and vacuum valves shall be capable of venting large quantities of air while pipelines are being filled, and of allowing air to re-enter while pipelines are being drained. Theyshall be of the size indicated with flanged or screwed ends to match piping Bodies shall be of high -strength iron. The float, seat, and all moving parts shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel. Seat washers and gaskets shall be Teflon insuring water -tightness with a minimum of maintenance Valves shall be designed for minimum 150 psi water -working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. B. Air Release Valves: Air -release valves shall vent accumulating air while system is in service and under pressure and shall be of the size indicated and shall meet the same general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves except that the vacuum feature will not be required. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water -working pressure of 150 psi unless otherwise indicated. Combination Air Valves: Combination air valves shall combine the characteristics of air and vacuum valves and air release valves by exhausting accumulated air in systems under pressure and releasing or re -admitting large quantities of air while a system is being filled or drained, respectively. Valves shall have the same general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves and shall be self contained in one unit. D. Manufacturers: 1. APCO (Valve and Primer Corporation) 2. Crispin (Multiplex Manufacturing Company 3. Golden -Anderson City of Pearland 15230-1 03/02 CITY OF PEARLAND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 4. Val-Matric (Valve and Manufacturing Corporation) 5. Approved equal 2.02 TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE WITH BOX A. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be furnished and installed where required by drawings. Each tapping sleeve and valve shall be designed for a minimum water pressure of 150 psi. B. With the exception of the valve ends and other modifications necessary for tapping service, tapping valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and shall be in accordance with Section 15206, Gate Valves. Each tapping valve shall be provided with a flanged inlet end designed faced, and drilled for attachment to the outlet flange of the tapping sleeve; with an outlet end provided with a tapping flange for attachment of a standard drilling machine; and also with a mechanical joint type bell end for connection of the branch main C. Tapping sleeves shall be of the flanged outlet type designed for attachment to the flanged inlet end of the tapping valve, and shall be provided with mechanical joint ends at each end of the run. D. Each Tapping Sleeve and Valve shall be provided with manual actuators in accordance with Section 15201, Valve and Gate Actuators, shall be installed in accordance with Section 02085, Valve, Meter Boxes & Meter Vaults. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All valves shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's printed recommendations, and with provisions of Section 15200, Valves General. B. All backflow preventers, as well as air and vacuum release valves, shall have piped outlets to the nearest acceptable drain or natural ground location, firmly supported, and installed in such a way as to avoid splashing and obstruction of traffic. C. Exterior of valves to be coated in accordance with Section 09800, Painting and Protective Coatings. City of Pearland 03/02 END OF SECTION 15230-2 — —Mt is 1 T ' �� • • • • • • • • • • s 1 • p • • 1 • 1 1 1 • • • t I� i 1 •` • • f • • •,. •, II II 1 1 •,t • • • SNOWDEN ENGINEERING, INC. Consulting Engineers -Surveyors Mr. Joe Wertz Projects Director City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 RP: September 5, 2002 City of Pearland Waterline Project Oiler Drive Bid Tabulation Dear Mr. Wertz: 2518 Westminster Pearland, Texas 77581 Phone: (281) 485-2028 Fax: (281) 485-5473 E-Mail snowenginc@aol.com Snowden Engineering, Inc. (SEI) has performed the bid tabulation for the bids received on August 30, 2002 for the above referenced project. Fuqua General Constructors, Inc. was the low bidder with a bid of $118,629.71. Their figures were checked and found to be correct. Therefore, we recommend that Fuqua General Constructors Inc. be awarded the contract. If you have any questions or need further information, please feel free to give me a call. JDS/glj Sincerely, • Dr. James D. Snowden, P.E., R. P. L S. President 1 C;'rY Uz PEARGAND • 13W BOND • • . BXb POWS . • STATE OF: § COUNTY OF: § KNOW ALL MEN BX THESE PRESENTS,. That Fuqua General Contractors, Inc. - as Principal and United States Fidelity & Guaranty Company at, sults arts held,and , bound unto tho CITY OF PEA.BLAND, hereinafter called "Owner," in the sum of Five Percent of Amount Bad dollars and . + cents ($ S o ) for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns funzly by these presents. • WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a Bid to said Owner to perform the :Work requited under the bidding schedule(s) of the Owner's Cantxaet Documents entitled for Bid No: 2002-024 ;Installation of a 12 inch water Main on Oiler Drive from Highway 35 to pearland Parkway. • • NOW 7iIEREFOBE, if said Principal is awarded a contract by said Owner and, within the time and in the manner required m the "Invitation to Bid" and the instructions to Bidders" enters into a written Agreement on the form of agreement bound with said Contract Documents iurntshes the required performance Bond snd Payment Bond, and performs in all other respects the aft created by tins bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in -full force aridtefect. The Surety stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety shall in na - - way be impaired or affected by an extension of fhe time within which irtc Owner may accept such bid and -Surety further waives notice of may extension. in the oven suit is brought -upon this bond by said Owner and Owner prevails, said Principal and Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said Owner in such suit, including reasonable attonicy's fees and costs to be fixed by the Court. SIGNED AND SEALED, this 0:q'aGeneral Contractors, Inc. ( n ) By: (Signature) BettW Fuqua President • 29th day of Unf United States 20 02 (sry;.•' Fidelity &_ Guaranty Co. r) • By: (Si (SEAL AND NOTARIAL .ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY END OF BID FORMS • • (SEAL) George A. McEI •en, Jr. Attorney-1 n-Fact • • • • • • • • City of Pearland 00300-4 1 A4/02 iTh Power of Attorney No.' POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 23102 • United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. • Certificate No. 1218861 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint George A. McElveen, Jr., Ray A. Todd, Jr., Binnie B. Stevison and Carla F. David or the City of Lake Charles , State Louisiana their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more thrill one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance or contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 20th day of March 2002 Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Patti Mercury Insurance Company State of Maryland City of Baltimore On this 20th day of March 2002 , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and Thomas E. Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. JOHN F. PHINNEY, Vice President "----Tifyhseta e , In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002. THOMAS E. HU(BREGTSE, Assistant Secretuy REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public 86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company; either•by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seat of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of.Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attomey(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorneys) -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I, Thomas E Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard -Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this VialTreirA ItOPVOA� t~h1 .``\SEAL pi 2 9 th day of August 2002 To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 and ask for the Power of Attorney clerk. the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary Please refer to the Power of Attorney number, 1 • CITY OF PEARLAND - OILER DRIVE WATER MAIN - BID TABULATION *Fu • ua General Contractors Joslin Construction Haddock Construction Texas Delta Construction Triple B Services Item No. Description Qty. Unit Unit Price Unit Price Amount Unit Price Amount U Unit Price Amount Unit Price Amount Amount 1 $55,827.03 $28.13 $72,603.53 $32 20 $83,108 20 $23.41 $60,421 21 $28.00 $72,268 00 12" PVC (C-900) 2581 LF $21.63 2 16" PVC (SDR-18) 148 LF $32.73 $4,844.04 $37.52 $5,552.96 $31.08 $4,599.84 $50.00 $7,400.00 $47.00 $6,956.00 3 Bore and Jack 84 LF $71.43 $6,000.12 $52.14 $4,379.76 $45.00 $3,780.00 $74.50 $6,258 00 $77.00 $6,468.00 4 18" Steel Casing 84 LF $24.88 $2,089.92 $52.14 $4,379.76 $25.00 $2,100.00 $47.00 $3,948.00 $47.00 $3,948.00 5 6" Gate Valve and Box 6 EA $427.00 $2,562.00 $388.13 $2,328.78 $330.00 $1,980.00 $365.00 $2,190.00 $400.00 $2,400.00 6 12" Gate Valve and Box 4 EA $1,140.00 $4,560.00 $1,119.38 $41477.52 $860.00 $3,440.00 $1,023.40 $4,093.60 $1,100.00 $4,400.00 7 16" Gate Valve and Box 2 EA $3,720.00 $7,440.00 $3,841.88 $7,683.76 $2,800.00 $5,600.00 $4,183.00 $8,366.00 $4,000.00 $8,000.00 ; 8 16" x 12" T, S, and V 1 EA $4,990.00 $4,990.00 $5,068.13 $5,068.13 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $6,193.20 $6,193 20 $6,000.00 $6,000.00 ; 9 12" Connection to Existing 1 EA $5,343.50 $5,343.50 $624.38 $624.38 $580.00 $580.00 $716.20 $716.20 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 Waterline (Townelake Drivel 10 12" x6" Tee 5 EA $370.00 $1,850.00 $256.50 $1,282 50 $250.00 $1,250.00 $274.35 $1,371.75 $300.00 $1,500.00 11 12"x 12" Tee 1 EA $427.00 $427.00 $337.50 $337.50 $215.00 $215.00 $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 12 16" x 12' Tee 3 EA $789.00 $2,367.00 $652.50 $1,957.50 $415.00 $1,245 00 $627.60 $1,882.80 $400.00 $1,200.00 13 $6,300.00 $1,440.00 $8,640.00 $1,400.00 $8,400.00 $1,481.60 $8,889.60 $1,600.00 $9,600.00 f Fire Hydrant 6 EA $1,050.00 14 Trench Safety 2,729 LF $0.50 $1,364.50 $0.50 $1,364.50 $1.90 $5,185.10 $1.00 $2,729.00 $0.10 $272 90 15 Traffic Control 1 LS $600.00 $600.00 $1,293.75 $1,293.75 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $5,995.00 $5,995.00 $2,700.00 $2,700.00 i 16 $680.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $3,500.00 $3,500.00 $1.00 $1.00 i Flagmen 1 LS $680.00 17 Mobilization (NOTE: LUMP Allowance SUM PRICE 1 LS $8,721.60 $8,721.60 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $6,980.00 $6,980.00 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $: BID SHALL q9i FOR nnn NOT nm MOBILIZATION EXCEED 18 Potholing 1 LS $768.00 $768.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,650.00 $11650.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 19 Prop. 13) 2" Blow -Off (Sheet 8 of 2 EA $345.00 $690.00 $466.88 $933.76 $500.00 $1,000.00 $340.00 $680.00 $400.00 $800.00 20 22-1/2" Bend (Sheet 8 of 13) 1 EA $297.00 $297.00 $172.13 $172.13 $0.00 $0.00 $441.00 $441.00 $200.00 $200.00 21 16" Plugs 2 EA $175.00 $350.00 $303.75 $607.50 $0.00 $0.00 $245.00 $490.00 $400.00 $800.00 22 12" Plug 1 EA $88.00 $88.00 $196.88 $196.88 $0.00 $0.00 $137.00 $137.00 $150.00 $150.00 23 6" x 16" Tee 1 EA $470.00 $470.00 $883.13 $883.13 $0.00 $0.00 $583.50 $583.50 $400.00 $400.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF BASE BID ITEMS 1 THROUGH $118,629.71 $127,892.73 $131,483.14 $135,215.86 $156,863.90 City of Pearland Project B2002-024 08/30/02 • • CITY OF PEARLAND - OILER DRIVE WATER MAIN - BID TABULATION *Fuqua General Contractors Joslin Construction Haddock Construction Texas Delta Construction Triple B Services Item No. Description Qty. Unit Unit Price Unit Price Amount Unit Price Amount Unit Price Amount Unit Price Amount U Amount 1 12" PVC (C-900) 2581 LF $21.63 $55,827.03 $28.13 $72,603.53 $32.20 $83,108.20 $23.41 $60,421.21 $28.00 $72,268.00 2 $4,844.04 $37.52 $5,552.96 $31.08 $4,599.84 $50.00 $7,400.00 $47.00 $6,956.00 16" PVC (SDR-18) 148 LF $32.73 3 Bore and Jack 84 LF $71.43 $6,000.12 $52 14 $4,379.76 $45.00 $3,780.00 $74.50 $6,258.00 $77.00 $6,468.00 4 18" Steel Casing 84 LF $24.88 $2,089.92 $52.14 $4,379.76 $25.00 $2,100.00 $47.00 $3,948.00 $47.00 $3,948.00 5 6" Gate Valve and Box 6 EA $427.00 $2,562 00 $388.13 $2,328.78 $330.00 $1,980.00 $365.00 $2,190.00 $400.00 $2,400.00 6 12" Gate Valve and Box 4 EA $1,140.00 $4,560.00 $1,119.38 $4,477.52 $860.00 $3,440.00 $1,023.40 $4,093.60 $1,100.00 $4,400.00 7 16" Gate Valve and Box 2 EA $3,720.00 $7,440.00 $3,841.88 $7,683.76 $2,800.00 $5,600.00 $4,183.00 $8,366.00 $4,000.00 $8,000.00 8 16" x 12" T, 8, and V 1 EA $4,990.00 $4,990.00 $5,068.13 $5,068.13 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $6,193.20 $6,193 20 $6,000.00 $6,000.00 9 12" Connection to Existing 1 EA $5,343.50 $5,343.50 $624.38 $624.38 $580.00 $580.00 $716.20 $716.20 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 Waterline (Townelake Drive) 10 12"x6' Tee 5 EA $370.00 $1,850.00 $256.50 $1,282.50 $250.00 $1,250.00 $274.35 $1,371.75 $300.00 $1,500.00 11 12" x 12' Tee 1 EA $427.00 $427.00 $337.50 $337.50 $215.00 $215.00 $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 12 16" x 12' Tee 3 EA $789.00 $2,367.00 $652.50 $1,957.50 $415.00 $1,245.00 $627.60 $1,882.80 $400.00 $1,200 00 13 Fire Hydrant 6 EA $1,050.00 $6,300.00 $1,440.00 $8,640.00 $1,400.00 $8,400.00 $1,481.60 $8,889.60 $1,600.00 $9,600.00 14 Trench Safety 2,729 LF $0.50 $1,364.50 $0.50 $1,364.50 $1.90 $5,185.10 $1.00 $2,729.00 $0.10 $272.90 15 Traffic Control 1 LS $600.00 $600.00 $1,293.75 $1,293.75 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $5,995.00 $5,995.00 $2,700.00 $2,700.00 16 Flagmen 1 LS $680.00 $680.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $3,500.00 $3,500.00 $1.00 $1.00 17 Mobilization (NOTE: LUMP Allowance SUM PRICE 1 LS $8,721.60 $8,721.60 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $6,980.00 $6,980.00 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $; BID SHALL FOR NOT MOBILIZATION EXCEED cog nnn nm 18 Potholing 1 LS $768.00 $768.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,650.00 $1,650.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 19 Prop. 2" Blow -Off (Sheet 8 of 2 EA $345.00 $690.00 $466.88 $933.76 $500.00 $1,000.00 $340.00 $680.00 $400.00 $800.00 13) 20 22-1/2" Bend (Sheet 8 of 13) 1 EA $297.00 $297.00 $172.13 $172.13 $0.00 $0.00 $441.00 $441.00 $200.00 $200.00 21 16" Plugs 2 EA $175.00 $350.00 $303.75 $607.50 $0.00 $0.00 $245.00 $490.00 $400.00 $800.00 22 12" Plug 1 EA $88.00 $88.00 $196.88 $196.88 $0.00 $0.00 $137.00 $137.00 $150.00 $150.00 23 6" x 16" Tee 1 EA $470.00 $470.00 $883.13 $883.13 $0.00 $0.00 $583.50 $583.50 $400.00 $400.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF BASE BID ITEMS 1 THROUGH $118,629.71 $127,892.73 $131,483.14 $135,215.86 $156,863.90 City of Pearland Project B2002-024 08/30/02 • • CITY OF PEARLAND - OILER DRIVE WATER MAIN - BID TABULATION *Fuqua General Contractors Joslin Construction Haddock Construction Texas Delta Construction Triple B Services tem No. Description Qty. Unit Unit Price AmountUnit Price Amount Unit Price Amount U 1 12" PVC (C-900) 2581 LF $21.63 $55,827.03 $28.13 $72,603.53 $32.20 $83,108.20 $23.41 $60,421.21 $28.00 $72,268 00 ©16" © PVC (SDR-18) 148 ® $32.73 $4,844.04 $37.52 $5,552 96 $31.08 $4,599.84 $50.00 $7,400.00 $47.00 $6,956.00 Bore and Jack 84 LF $71.43 $6,000.12 $52.14 $4,379.76 $45.00 $3,780.00 $74.50 $6,258 00 $77.00 $6,468.00 4 18" Steel Casing 84 ® $24.88 $2,089.92 $52.14 $4,379.76 $25.00 $2,100.00 $47.00 $3,948.00 $47.00 $3,948.00 ©6' Gate Valve and Box 6 EA $427.00 $2,562.00 $388.13 $2,328.78 $330.00 $1,980.00 $365.00 $2,190.00 $400.00 $2,400.00 6 12" Gate Valve and Box Illia EA $1,140.00 $4,560.00 $1,119.38 $4,477.52 $860.00 $3,440.00 $1,023.40 $4,093.60 $1,100.00 $4,400.00 Ell 16" Gate Valve and Box © EA $3,720.00 $7,440.00 $3,841.88 $7,683.76 $2,800.00 $5,600.00 $4,183.00 $8,366.00 $4,000.00 $8,000.00 8 16" x 12" T, 8, and V 1 EA $4,990.00 $4,990.00 $5,068.13 $5,068.13 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 $6,193.20 $6,193 20 $6,000.00 $6,000.00 9 12' Wa Connection to Existing D ive 1 EA $5,343.50 $5,343.50 $624.38 $624.38 $580.00 $580.00 $716.20 $716 20 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 er' e o nelake 10 12' x6' Tee 5 EA $370.00 $1,850.00 $256.50 $1,282.50 $250.00 $1,250 00 $274.35 $1,371.75 $300.00 $1,500.00 EA $427,00 $427.00 $337.50 $337.50 $215.00 $215.00 $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 $300.00 12 16"x 12' Tee 3 EA $789.00 $2,367.00 $652.50 $1,957.50 $415.00 $1,245 00 $627.60 $1,882.80 $400.00 $1,200.00 13 Fire Hydrant 6 EA $1,050.00 $6,300.00 $1,440.00 $8,640.00 $1,400.00 $8,400.00 $1,481.60 $8,889.60 $1,600.00 $9,600.00 14 MEELa 2,729® $0.50 $1,364.50 $0.50 $1,364.50 $1.90 $5,185.10 $1.00 $2,729.00 $0.10 $272.90 15 Traffic Control a® $600.00 $600.00 $1,293 75 $1,293.75 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $5,995.00 $5,995.00 $2,700.00 $2,700.00 16 Flagmen 1 LS $680.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $3,500.00 $3,500.00 $1.00 $1.00 $680.00 Mobilization (NOTE: BID SHALL FOR ,l NOT LUMP MOBILIZATION I Allowance EXCEED SUM PRICE 1111 $8,721.60 $8,721.60 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $6,980.00 $6,980.00 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 $: 18 Potholing n at® $768.00 $768.00 $1,125.00 $1,125.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,650.00 $1,650.00 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 19 Prop. 2" Blow -Off (Sheet 8 of© EA $345.00 $690.00 $466.88 $933.76 $500.00 $1,000.00 $340.00 $680.00 $400.00 $800.00 13 20 22-1/2" Bend (Sheet 8 of 13) 1 EA $297.00 $297.00 $172 13 $172.13 $0.00 $0.00 $441.00 $441.00 $200.00 $200.00 21 ®12" 16" Plugs © EA $175.00 $350.00 $303.75 $607.50 $0.00 $0.00 $245.00 $490.00 $400.00 $800.00 Plug 1 EA $88.00 $88.00 $196.88 $196.88 $0.00 $0.00 $137.00 $137.00 $150.00 $150.00 23 6" x 16" Tee 1 EA $470.00 $470.00 $883.13 $883.13 $0.00 $0.00 $583.50 $583.50 $400.00 $400.00 TOTAL AMOUNT OF BASE BID ITEMS 1 THROUGH $118,629.71 $127,892.73 $131,483.14 $135,215.86 $156,863.90 City of Pearland Project B2002-024 08/30/02 • •